* cli/cli-cmds.c (shell_escape): Silence warnings from old
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / ada-lang.c
1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright
2 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
20
21 #include <stdio.h>
22 #include "gdb_string.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include <stdarg.h>
25 #include "demangle.h"
26 #include "defs.h"
27 #include "symtab.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "gdbcmd.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "parser-defs.h"
32 #include "language.h"
33 #include "c-lang.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "symfile.h"
36 #include "objfiles.h"
37 #include "breakpoint.h"
38 #include "gdbcore.h"
39 #include "ada-lang.h"
40 #include "ui-out.h"
41 #include "block.h"
42 #include "infcall.h"
43 #include "dictionary.h"
44
45 struct cleanup *unresolved_names;
46
47 void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf);
48
49 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
50
51 static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int);
52
53 static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *);
54
55 static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *);
56
57 static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *);
58
59 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *);
60
61 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *);
62
63 static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *);
64
65 static struct value *desc_data (struct value *);
66
67 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *);
68
69 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *);
70
71 static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int);
72
73 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int);
74
75 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int);
76
77 static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int);
78
79 static int desc_arity (struct type *);
80
81 static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int);
82
83 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int);
84
85 static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *);
86
87 static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *,
88 CORE_ADDR *);
89
90 static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *,
91 CORE_ADDR *);
92
93 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *,
94 domain_enum, struct objfile *, int);
95
96 static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *);
97
98 static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int);
99
100 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *);
101
102 static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
103 *, const char *, int,
104 domain_enum, int);
105
106 static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *);
107
108 static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int,
109 struct type *);
110
111 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int,
112 struct symbol *, struct block *);
113
114 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **);
115
116 static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode);
117
118 static int numeric_type_p (struct type *);
119
120 static int integer_type_p (struct type *);
121
122 static int scalar_type_p (struct type *);
123
124 static int discrete_type_p (struct type *);
125
126 static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line,
127 const char *);
128
129 static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *,
130 int *, enum noside);
131
132 static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *);
133
134 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
135
136 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int);
137
138 static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *,
139 CORE_ADDR, struct value *);
140
141 static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *,
142 struct objfile *);
143
144 static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *);
145
146 static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *);
147
148 static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *);
149
150 static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *);
151
152 static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *);
153
154 static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int,
155 struct value **);
156
157 static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long,
158 struct type *);
159
160 static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *);
161
162 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *);
163
164 static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *);
165
166 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
167
168 static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
169
170 static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *,
171 int,
172 struct symbol
173 **, int);
174
175 static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **,
176 int, int *);
177
178 static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int);
179
180 static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int,
181 char ***);
182
183 static void read_all_symtabs (const char *);
184
185 static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int);
186
187 static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *);
188
189 static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *);
190
191 static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *);
192
193 static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, domain_enum);
194
195 extern void markTimeStart (int index);
196 extern void markTimeStop (int index);
197 \f
198
199
200 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
201 static unsigned int varsize_limit;
202
203 static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters =
204 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
205
206 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */
207 #define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"
208
209 /* Utilities */
210
211 /* extract_string
212 *
213 * read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the
214 * result into BUF
215 */
216 void
217 extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf)
218 {
219 int char_index = 0;
220
221 /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000'
222 end-of-string marker */
223 do
224 {
225 target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char),
226 buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char));
227 char_index++;
228 }
229 while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000');
230 }
231
232 /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
233 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
234 updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */
235
236 void
237 grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size)
238 {
239 if (*size < min_size)
240 {
241 *size *= 2;
242 if (*size < min_size)
243 *size = min_size;
244 *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
245 }
246 }
247
248 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
249 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */
250
251 static int
252 field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target)
253 {
254 int len = strlen (target);
255 return
256 STREQN (field_name, target, len)
257 && (field_name[len] == '\0'
258 || (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3)
259 && !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN")));
260 }
261
262
263 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
264
265 int
266 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name)
267 {
268 if (name == NULL)
269 return 0;
270 else
271 {
272 const char *p = strstr (name, "___");
273 if (p == NULL)
274 return strlen (name);
275 else
276 return p - name;
277 }
278 }
279
280 /* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */
281 static int
282 is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix)
283 {
284 int len1, len2;
285 if (str == NULL)
286 return 0;
287 len1 = strlen (str);
288 len2 = strlen (suffix);
289 return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix));
290 }
291
292 /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it
293 * is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is
294 * ADDRESS. */
295 struct value *
296 value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
297 CORE_ADDR address)
298 {
299 struct value *v = allocate_value (type);
300 if (valaddr == NULL)
301 VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1;
302 else
303 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
304 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address;
305 if (address != 0)
306 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory;
307 return v;
308 }
309
310 /* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a
311 value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
312
313 static struct value *
314 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type)
315 {
316 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
317 if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory)
318 return value_at_lazy (type,
319 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset,
320 NULL);
321 else
322 {
323 struct value *result = allocate_value (type);
324 VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval;
325 if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0)
326 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset,
327 TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))
328 ? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type));
329 else
330 {
331 VALUE_ADDRESS (result) =
332 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset;
333 VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1;
334 }
335 return result;
336 }
337 }
338
339 static char *
340 cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset)
341 {
342 if (valaddr == NULL)
343 return NULL;
344 else
345 return valaddr + offset;
346 }
347
348 static CORE_ADDR
349 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset)
350 {
351 if (address == 0)
352 return 0;
353 else
354 return address + offset;
355 }
356
357 /* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all
358 arguments up to NULL. */
359 static void
360 do_command (const char *arg, ...)
361 {
362 int len;
363 char *cmd;
364 const char *s;
365 va_list ap;
366
367 va_start (ap, arg);
368 len = 0;
369 s = arg;
370 cmd = "";
371 for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *))
372 {
373 char *cmd1;
374 len += strlen (s);
375 cmd1 = alloca (len + 1);
376 strcpy (cmd1, cmd);
377 strcat (cmd1, s);
378 cmd = cmd1;
379 }
380 va_end (ap);
381 execute_command (cmd, 0);
382 }
383 \f
384
385 /* Language Selection */
386
387 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
388 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
389
390 MAIN_PST is not used. */
391
392 enum language
393 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang,
394 struct partial_symtab *main_pst)
395 {
396 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL,
397 (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL)
398 /* return language_ada; */
399 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
400 return language_unknown;
401
402 return lang;
403 }
404 \f
405
406 /* Symbols */
407
408 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair
409 of NULLs. */
410
411 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = {
412 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD},
413 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB},
414 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL},
415 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV},
416 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD},
417 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM},
418 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP},
419 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS},
420 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ},
421 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR},
422 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ},
423 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL},
424 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL},
425 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND},
426 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR},
427 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR},
428 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT},
429 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS},
430 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT},
431 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS},
432 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG},
433 {NULL, NULL}
434 };
435
436 /* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */
437 static int
438 is_suppressed_name (const char *str)
439 {
440 if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5))
441 str += 5;
442 if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000')
443 return 1;
444 else
445 {
446 const char *p;
447 const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___");
448 if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X')
449 return 1;
450 if (suffix == NULL)
451 suffix = str + strlen (str);
452 for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1)
453 if (isupper (*p))
454 {
455 int i;
456 if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_')
457 goto OK;
458 if (*p != 'O')
459 return 1;
460 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
461 if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p,
462 strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled)))
463 goto OK;
464 return 1;
465 OK:;
466 }
467 return 0;
468 }
469 }
470
471 /* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions.
472 * The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */
473 char *
474 ada_mangle (const char *demangled)
475 {
476 static char *mangling_buffer = NULL;
477 static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0;
478 const char *p;
479 int k;
480
481 if (demangled == NULL)
482 return NULL;
483
484 GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size,
485 2 * strlen (demangled) + 10);
486
487 k = 0;
488 for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1)
489 {
490 if (*p == '.')
491 {
492 mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_';
493 k += 2;
494 }
495 else if (*p == '"')
496 {
497 const struct ada_opname_map *mapping;
498
499 for (mapping = ada_opname_table;
500 mapping->mangled != NULL &&
501 !STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled));
502 p += 1)
503 ;
504 if (mapping->mangled == NULL)
505 error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p);
506 strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled);
507 k += strlen (mapping->mangled);
508 break;
509 }
510 else
511 {
512 mangling_buffer[k] = *p;
513 k += 1;
514 }
515 }
516
517 mangling_buffer[k] = '\0';
518 return mangling_buffer;
519 }
520
521 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
522 * quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
523 * to next call. */
524 char *
525 ada_fold_name (const char *name)
526 {
527 static char *fold_buffer = NULL;
528 static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0;
529
530 int len = strlen (name);
531 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1);
532
533 if (name[0] == '\'')
534 {
535 strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2);
536 fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000';
537 }
538 else
539 {
540 int i;
541 for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1)
542 fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]);
543 }
544
545 return fold_buffer;
546 }
547
548 /* Demangle:
549 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
550 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
551 3. Discard leading _ada_.
552 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols.
553 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by
554 'X'.
555 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing.
556 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
557 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies).
558 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.
559 */
560
561 char *
562 ada_demangle (const char *mangled)
563 {
564 int i, j;
565 int len0;
566 const char *p;
567 char *demangled;
568 int at_start_name;
569 static char *demangling_buffer = NULL;
570 static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0;
571
572 if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5))
573 mangled += 5;
574
575 if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
576 goto Suppress;
577
578 p = strstr (mangled, "___");
579 if (p == NULL)
580 len0 = strlen (mangled);
581 else
582 {
583 if (p[3] == 'X')
584 len0 = p - mangled;
585 else
586 goto Suppress;
587 }
588 if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB"))
589 len0 -= 3;
590 if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B"))
591 len0 -= 1;
592
593 /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
594 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1);
595 demangled = demangling_buffer;
596
597 if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1]))
598 {
599 for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1)
600 ;
601 if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
602 len0 = i - 1;
603 else if (mangled[i] == '$')
604 len0 = i;
605 }
606
607 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1)
608 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
609
610 at_start_name = 1;
611 while (i < len0)
612 {
613 if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O')
614 {
615 int k;
616 for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1)
617 {
618 int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled);
619 if (STREQN
620 (ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1,
621 op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len]))
622 {
623 strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
624 at_start_name = 0;
625 i += op_len;
626 j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
627 break;
628 }
629 }
630 if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL)
631 continue;
632 }
633 at_start_name = 0;
634
635 if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4))
636 i += 2;
637 if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1]))
638 {
639 do
640 i += 1;
641 while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n'));
642 if (i < len0)
643 goto Suppress;
644 }
645 else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
646 {
647 demangled[j] = '.';
648 at_start_name = 1;
649 i += 2;
650 j += 1;
651 }
652 else
653 {
654 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
655 i += 1;
656 j += 1;
657 }
658 }
659 demangled[j] = '\000';
660
661 for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
662 if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
663 goto Suppress;
664
665 return demangled;
666
667 Suppress:
668 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3);
669 demangled = demangling_buffer;
670 if (mangled[0] == '<')
671 strcpy (demangled, mangled);
672 else
673 sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
674 return demangled;
675
676 }
677
678 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
679 * suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
680 * SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
681 * information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
682 * suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
683 * either argument is NULL. */
684
685 int
686 ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild)
687 {
688 if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL)
689 return 0;
690 else if (wild)
691 return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name);
692 else
693 {
694 int len_name = strlen (name);
695 return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name)
696 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name))
697 || (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5)
698 && STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name)
699 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5));
700 }
701 }
702
703 /* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be
704 suppressed in info listings. */
705
706 int
707 ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym)
708 {
709 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
710 return 1;
711 else
712 return is_suppressed_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
713 }
714 \f
715
716 /* Arrays */
717
718 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of
719 array descriptors. */
720
721 static char *bound_name[] = {
722 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
723 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
724 };
725
726 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
727
728 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*)))
729
730 /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
731
732 static void
733 modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize)
734 {
735 modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)),
736 fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize);
737 }
738
739
740 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
741 (fat pointers). */
742
743 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
744 level of indirection, if needed. */
745 static struct type *
746 desc_base_type (struct type *type)
747 {
748 if (type == NULL)
749 return NULL;
750 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
751 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
752 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
753 else
754 return type;
755 }
756
757 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
758 static int
759 is_thin_pntr (struct type *type)
760 {
761 return
762 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT")
763 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE");
764 }
765
766 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
767 static struct type *
768 thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type)
769 {
770 struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type);
771 if (base_type == NULL)
772 return NULL;
773 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE"))
774 return base_type;
775 else
776 {
777 struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE");
778 if (alt_type == NULL)
779 return base_type;
780 else
781 return alt_type;
782 }
783 }
784
785 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
786 static struct value *
787 thin_data_pntr (struct value *val)
788 {
789 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val);
790 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
791 return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
792 value_copy (val));
793 else
794 return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
795 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val));
796 }
797
798 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
799 static int
800 is_thick_pntr (struct type *type)
801 {
802 type = desc_base_type (type);
803 return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
804 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL);
805 }
806
807 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
808 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
809 static struct type *
810 desc_bounds_type (struct type *type)
811 {
812 struct type *r;
813
814 type = desc_base_type (type);
815
816 if (type == NULL)
817 return NULL;
818 else if (is_thin_pntr (type))
819 {
820 type = thin_descriptor_type (type);
821 if (type == NULL)
822 return NULL;
823 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1);
824 if (r != NULL)
825 return check_typedef (r);
826 }
827 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
828 {
829 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
830 if (r != NULL)
831 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r)));
832 }
833 return NULL;
834 }
835
836 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
837 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
838 static struct value *
839 desc_bounds (struct value *arr)
840 {
841 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
842 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
843 {
844 struct type *bounds_type =
845 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type));
846 LONGEST addr;
847
848 if (desc_bounds_type == NULL)
849 error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor");
850
851 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
852 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
853 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
854 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
855 addr = value_as_long (arr);
856 else
857 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr);
858
859 return
860 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type),
861 addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type));
862 }
863
864 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
865 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL,
866 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
867 else
868 return NULL;
869 }
870
871 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
872 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
873 static int
874 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type)
875 {
876 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1);
877 }
878
879 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
880 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
881 static int
882 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type)
883 {
884 type = desc_base_type (type);
885
886 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0)
887 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1);
888 else
889 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1)));
890 }
891
892 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
893 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a
894 pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use
895 ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */
896 static struct type *
897 desc_data_type (struct type *type)
898 {
899 type = desc_base_type (type);
900
901 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
902 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
903 return lookup_pointer_type
904 (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)));
905 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
906 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1);
907 else
908 return NULL;
909 }
910
911 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
912 its array data. */
913 static struct value *
914 desc_data (struct value *arr)
915 {
916 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
917 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
918 return thin_data_pntr (arr);
919 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
920 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL,
921 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
922 else
923 return NULL;
924 }
925
926
927 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
928 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
929 static int
930 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type)
931 {
932 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0);
933 }
934
935 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
936 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
937 static int
938 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type)
939 {
940 type = desc_base_type (type);
941
942 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0)
943 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0);
944 else
945 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
946 }
947
948 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
949 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
950 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
951 static struct value *
952 desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which)
953 {
954 return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL,
955 "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds");
956 }
957
958 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
959 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
960 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
961 static int
962 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which)
963 {
964 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2);
965 }
966
967 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
968 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
969 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
970 static int
971 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which)
972 {
973 type = desc_base_type (type);
974
975 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0)
976 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2);
977 else
978 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2));
979 }
980
981 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
982 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
983 static struct type *
984 desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i)
985 {
986 type = desc_base_type (type);
987
988 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
989 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1);
990 else
991 return NULL;
992 }
993
994 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0
995 if TYPE is NULL. */
996 static int
997 desc_arity (struct type *type)
998 {
999 type = desc_base_type (type);
1000
1001 if (type != NULL)
1002 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2;
1003 return 0;
1004 }
1005
1006
1007 /* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */
1008 int
1009 ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type)
1010 {
1011 if (type == NULL)
1012 return 0;
1013 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1014 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1015 || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1016 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY));
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1020 int
1021 ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1022 {
1023 struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type);
1024
1025 if (type == NULL)
1026 return 0;
1027 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1028 return
1029 data_type != NULL
1030 && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1031 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL
1032 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1033 ||
1034 TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1035 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0;
1036 }
1037
1038 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1039 descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1040 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1041 is still needed. */
1042 int
1043 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1044 {
1045 return
1046 type != NULL
1047 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1048 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1049 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL)
1050 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type);
1051 }
1052
1053
1054 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1055 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1056 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1057 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1058 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1059 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1060 a descriptor. */
1061 struct type *
1062 ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
1063 {
1064 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1065 return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1066
1067 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1068 return VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1069
1070 if (!bounds)
1071 return
1072 check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))));
1073 else
1074 {
1075 struct type *elt_type;
1076 int arity;
1077 struct value *descriptor;
1078 struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1079
1080 elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1);
1081 arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1082
1083 if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0)
1084 return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1085
1086 descriptor = desc_bounds (arr);
1087 if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0)
1088 return NULL;
1089 while (arity > 0)
1090 {
1091 struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf);
1092 struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf);
1093 struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0);
1094 struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1);
1095 arity -= 1;
1096
1097 create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low),
1098 (int) value_as_long (low),
1099 (int) value_as_long (high));
1100 elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type);
1101 }
1102
1103 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type);
1104 }
1105 }
1106
1107 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1108 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1109 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1110 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1111 struct value *
1112 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr)
1113 {
1114 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1115 {
1116 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1);
1117 if (arrType == NULL)
1118 return NULL;
1119 return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr)));
1120 }
1121 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1122 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1123 else
1124 return arr;
1125 }
1126
1127 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1128 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1129 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1130 struct value *
1131 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr)
1132 {
1133 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1134 {
1135 struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr);
1136 if (arrVal == NULL)
1137 error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.");
1138 return value_ind (arrVal);
1139 }
1140 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1141 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1142 else
1143 return arr;
1144 }
1145
1146 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1147 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1148 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1149 struct type *
1150 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type)
1151 {
1152 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1153 struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0);
1154 struct type *result;
1155 VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type;
1156 result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0);
1157 value_free_to_mark (dummy);
1158 return result;
1159 }
1160
1161 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1162 int
1163 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1164 {
1165 if (type == NULL)
1166 return 0;
1167 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1168 return
1169 ada_type_name (type) != NULL
1170 && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL;
1171 }
1172
1173 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1174 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1175 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1176 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1177 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1178 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1179 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1180 in bits. */
1181 static struct type *
1182 packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits)
1183 {
1184 struct type *new_elt_type;
1185 struct type *new_type;
1186 LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
1187
1188 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1189 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1190 return type;
1191
1192 new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
1193 new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1194 elt_bits);
1195 create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1196 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits;
1197 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type);
1198
1199 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
1200 &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0)
1201 low_bound = high_bound = 0;
1202 if (high_bound < low_bound)
1203 *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0;
1204 else
1205 {
1206 *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1);
1207 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) =
1208 (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1209 }
1210
1211 /* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
1212 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
1213 return new_type;
1214 }
1215
1216 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE).
1217 */
1218 static struct type *
1219 decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1220 {
1221 struct symbol **syms;
1222 struct block **blocks;
1223 const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type));
1224 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1);
1225 char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP");
1226 struct type *shadow_type;
1227 long bits;
1228 int i, n;
1229
1230 memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name);
1231 name[tail - raw_name] = '\000';
1232
1233 /* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions
1234 * of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */
1235 n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL),
1236 VAR_DOMAIN, &syms, &blocks);
1237 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
1238 if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF
1239 && STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))))
1240 break;
1241 if (i >= n)
1242 {
1243 warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array");
1244 return NULL;
1245 }
1246 shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]);
1247
1248 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1249 {
1250 warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array");
1251 return NULL;
1252 }
1253
1254 if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1)
1255 {
1256 warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array");
1257 return NULL;
1258 }
1259
1260 return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits);
1261 }
1262
1263 /* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array,
1264 returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
1265 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
1266 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
1267 type length is set appropriately. */
1268
1269 static struct value *
1270 decode_packed_array (struct value *arr)
1271 {
1272 struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1273
1274 if (type == NULL)
1275 {
1276 error ("can't unpack array");
1277 return NULL;
1278 }
1279 else
1280 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type);
1281 }
1282
1283
1284 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
1285 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
1286
1287 static struct value *
1288 value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1289 {
1290 int i;
1291 int bits, elt_off, bit_off;
1292 long elt_total_bit_offset;
1293 struct type *elt_type;
1294 struct value *v;
1295
1296 bits = 0;
1297 elt_total_bit_offset = 0;
1298 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1299 for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1)
1300 {
1301 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1302 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0)
1303 error
1304 ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array");
1305 else
1306 {
1307 struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type);
1308 LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound;
1309 LONGEST idx;
1310
1311 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0)
1312 {
1313 warning ("don't know bounds of array");
1314 lowerbound = upperbound = 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i]));
1318 if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound)
1319 warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx);
1320 bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0);
1321 elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits;
1322 elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type));
1323 }
1324 }
1325 elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1326 bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1327
1328 v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off,
1329 bits, elt_type);
1330 if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar)
1331 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1332 else
1333 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr);
1334 return v;
1335 }
1336
1337 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
1338
1339 static int
1340 has_negatives (struct type *type)
1341 {
1342 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1343 {
1344 default:
1345 return 0;
1346 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
1347 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
1348 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
1349 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0;
1350 }
1351 }
1352
1353
1354 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
1355 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
1356 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
1357 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ
1358 may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the
1359 start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned
1360 in this case is never an lval.
1361 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
1362
1363 struct value *
1364 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset,
1365 int bit_offset, int bit_size,
1366 struct type *type)
1367 {
1368 struct value *v;
1369 int src, /* Index into the source area. */
1370 targ, /* Index into the target area. */
1371 i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */
1372 nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */
1373 unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant
1374 * byte of source that are unused. */
1375 accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
1376 unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */
1377 unsigned char *unpacked;
1378 unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
1379 unsigned char sign;
1380 int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8;
1381 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the
1382 * direction the indices move. */
1383 int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1;
1384
1385 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1386
1387 if (obj == NULL)
1388 {
1389 v = allocate_value (type);
1390 bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset);
1391 }
1392 else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj))
1393 {
1394 v = value_at (type,
1395 VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL);
1396 bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len);
1397 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len);
1398 }
1399 else
1400 {
1401 v = allocate_value (type);
1402 bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset;
1403 }
1404
1405 if (obj != NULL)
1406 {
1407 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj);
1408 if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar)
1409 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1410 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset;
1411 VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj);
1412 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1413 if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1414 {
1415 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1;
1416 VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1417 }
1418 }
1419 else
1420 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1421 unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v);
1422
1423 srcBitsLeft = bit_size;
1424 nsrc = len;
1425 ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
1426 sign = 0;
1427 if (bit_size == 0)
1428 {
1429 memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1430 return v;
1431 }
1432 else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1433 {
1434 src = len - 1;
1435 if (has_negatives (type) &&
1436 ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1))))
1437 sign = ~0;
1438
1439 unusedLS =
1440 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1441 % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1442
1443 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1444 {
1445 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
1446 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
1447 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
1448 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */
1449 accumSize =
1450 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1451 /* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
1452 * of the target. */
1453 targ = src;
1454 break;
1455 default:
1456 accumSize = 0;
1457 targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1;
1458 break;
1459 }
1460 }
1461 else
1462 {
1463 int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8;
1464
1465 src = targ = 0;
1466 unusedLS = bit_offset;
1467 accumSize = 0;
1468
1469 if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset)))
1470 sign = ~0;
1471 }
1472
1473 accum = 0;
1474 while (nsrc > 0)
1475 {
1476 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
1477 * part of the value. */
1478 unsigned int unusedMSMask =
1479 (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) -
1480 1;
1481 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
1482 unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask;
1483 accum |=
1484 (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize;
1485 accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1486 if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1487 {
1488 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1489 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1490 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1491 ntarg -= 1;
1492 targ += delta;
1493 }
1494 srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1495 unusedLS = 0;
1496 nsrc -= 1;
1497 src += delta;
1498 }
1499 while (ntarg > 0)
1500 {
1501 accum |= sign << accumSize;
1502 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1503 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1504 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1505 ntarg -= 1;
1506 targ += delta;
1507 }
1508
1509 return v;
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
1513 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
1514 not overlap. */
1515 static void
1516 move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n)
1517 {
1518 unsigned int accum, mask;
1519 int accum_bits, chunk_size;
1520
1521 target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1522 targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1523 source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1524 src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1525 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1526 {
1527 accum = (unsigned char) *source;
1528 source += 1;
1529 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1530
1531 while (n > 0)
1532 {
1533 int unused_right;
1534 accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source;
1535 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1536 source += 1;
1537 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1538 if (chunk_size > n)
1539 chunk_size = n;
1540 unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset);
1541 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right;
1542 *target =
1543 (*target & ~mask)
1544 | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask);
1545 n -= chunk_size;
1546 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1547 target += 1;
1548 targ_offset = 0;
1549 }
1550 }
1551 else
1552 {
1553 accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset;
1554 source += 1;
1555 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1556
1557 while (n > 0)
1558 {
1559 accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits);
1560 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1561 source += 1;
1562 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1563 if (chunk_size > n)
1564 chunk_size = n;
1565 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset;
1566 *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask);
1567 n -= chunk_size;
1568 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1569 accum >>= chunk_size;
1570 target += 1;
1571 targ_offset = 0;
1572 }
1573 }
1574 }
1575
1576
1577 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
1578 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
1579 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
1580 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
1581
1582 static struct value *
1583 ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
1584 {
1585 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval);
1586 int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval);
1587
1588 if (!toval->modifiable)
1589 error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.");
1590
1591 COERCE_REF (toval);
1592
1593 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory
1594 && bits > 0
1595 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
1596 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT))
1597 {
1598 int len =
1599 (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1600 char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
1601 struct value *val;
1602
1603 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
1604 fromval = value_cast (type, fromval);
1605
1606 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len);
1607 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1608 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval),
1609 VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1610 TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT -
1611 bits, bits);
1612 else
1613 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1614 0, bits);
1615 write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer,
1616 len);
1617
1618 val = value_copy (toval);
1619 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1620 TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1621 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
1622
1623 return val;
1624 }
1625
1626 return value_assign (toval, fromval);
1627 }
1628
1629
1630 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
1631 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
1632 thereto. */
1633
1634 struct value *
1635 ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1636 {
1637 int k;
1638 struct value *elt;
1639 struct type *elt_type;
1640
1641 elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr);
1642
1643 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt));
1644 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1645 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0)
1646 return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind);
1647
1648 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1649 {
1650 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1651 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1652 elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k]));
1653 }
1654 return elt;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
1658 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
1659 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
1660
1661 struct value *
1662 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity,
1663 struct value **ind)
1664 {
1665 int k;
1666
1667 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1668 {
1669 LONGEST lwb, upb;
1670 struct value *idx;
1671
1672 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1673 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1674 arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1675 value_copy (arr));
1676 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb);
1677 if (lwb == 0)
1678 idx = ind[k];
1679 else
1680 idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb));
1681 arr = value_add (arr, idx);
1682 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1683 }
1684
1685 return value_ind (arr);
1686 }
1687
1688 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1689 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
1690 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
1691 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
1692
1693 int
1694 ada_array_arity (struct type *type)
1695 {
1696 int arity;
1697
1698 if (type == NULL)
1699 return 0;
1700
1701 type = desc_base_type (type);
1702
1703 arity = 0;
1704 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1705 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type));
1706 else
1707 while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1708 {
1709 arity += 1;
1710 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
1711 }
1712
1713 return arity;
1714 }
1715
1716 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1717 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
1718 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
1719 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
1720
1721 struct type *
1722 ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices)
1723 {
1724 type = desc_base_type (type);
1725
1726 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1727 {
1728 int k;
1729 struct type *p_array_type;
1730
1731 p_array_type = desc_data_type (type);
1732
1733 k = ada_array_arity (type);
1734 if (k == 0)
1735 return NULL;
1736
1737 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */
1738 if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices)
1739 k = nindices;
1740 p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type);
1741 while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL)
1742 {
1743 p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type));
1744 k -= 1;
1745 }
1746 return p_array_type;
1747 }
1748 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1749 {
1750 while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1751 {
1752 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1753 nindices -= 1;
1754 }
1755 return type;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does
1762 not examine memory. */
1763
1764 struct type *
1765 ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n)
1766 {
1767 type = desc_base_type (type);
1768
1769 if (n > ada_array_arity (type))
1770 return NULL;
1771
1772 if (ada_is_simple_array (type))
1773 {
1774 int i;
1775
1776 for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1)
1777 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1778
1779 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1780 }
1781 else
1782 return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n);
1783 }
1784
1785 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
1786 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
1787 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
1788 array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the
1789 bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by
1790 run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1791
1792 LONGEST
1793 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which,
1794 struct type ** typep)
1795 {
1796 struct type *type;
1797 struct type *index_type_desc;
1798
1799 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1800 arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type);
1801
1802 if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1803 {
1804 if (typep != NULL)
1805 *typep = builtin_type_int;
1806 return (LONGEST) - which;
1807 }
1808
1809 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
1810 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type);
1811 else
1812 type = arr_type;
1813
1814 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA");
1815 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
1816 {
1817 struct type *range_type;
1818 struct type *index_type;
1819
1820 while (n > 1)
1821 {
1822 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1823 n -= 1;
1824 }
1825
1826 range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type);
1827 index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type);
1828 if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
1829 index_type = builtin_type_long;
1830 if (typep != NULL)
1831 *typep = index_type;
1832 return
1833 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1834 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)
1835 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
1836 }
1837 else
1838 {
1839 struct type *index_type =
1840 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1),
1841 NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type));
1842 if (typep != NULL)
1843 *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type);
1844 return
1845 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1846 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type)
1847 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type));
1848 }
1849 }
1850
1851 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
1852 nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if
1853 which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1854 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1855
1856 struct value *
1857 ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which)
1858 {
1859 struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1860
1861 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1862 return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which);
1863 else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1864 {
1865 struct type *type;
1866 LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type);
1867 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1868 }
1869 else
1870 return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which);
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
1874 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1875 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not
1876 work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
1877 clauses at the moment. */
1878
1879 struct value *
1880 ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n)
1881 {
1882 struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1883 struct type *index_type_desc;
1884
1885 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1886 return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n);
1887
1888 if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1889 {
1890 struct type *type;
1891 LONGEST v =
1892 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) -
1893 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1;
1894 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1895 }
1896 else
1897 return
1898 value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
1899 value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1900 n, 1))
1901 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1902 n, 0)) + 1);
1903 }
1904 \f
1905
1906 /* Name resolution */
1907
1908 /* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
1909 to op. */
1910
1911 static const char *
1912 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op)
1913 {
1914 int i;
1915
1916 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
1917 {
1918 if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op)
1919 return ada_opname_table[i].demangled;
1920 }
1921 error ("Could not find operator name for opcode");
1922 }
1923
1924
1925 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
1926 references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are
1927 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
1928 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
1929 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
1930 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
1931 return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list
1932 of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed.
1933 May change (expand) *EXP. */
1934
1935 void
1936 ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type)
1937 {
1938 int pc;
1939 pc = 0;
1940 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type);
1941 }
1942
1943 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
1944 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
1945 OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing
1946 built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators,
1947 where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting
1948 function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand
1949 EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */
1950
1951 static struct value *
1952 ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p,
1953 struct type *context_type)
1954 {
1955 int pc = *pos;
1956 int i;
1957 struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */
1958 enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode;
1959 struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
1960 int nargs; /* Number of operands */
1961
1962 argvec = NULL;
1963 nargs = 0;
1964 exp = *expp;
1965
1966 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */
1967 switch (op)
1968 {
1969 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
1970 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */
1971 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1972 *pos += 4;
1973 break;
1974
1975 case OP_FUNCALL:
1976 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
1977 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1978 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
1979 {
1980 *pos += 7;
1981
1982 argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1));
1983 for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1)
1984 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1985 argvec[i] = NULL;
1986 }
1987 else
1988 {
1989 *pos += 3;
1990 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
1991 for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1)
1992 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1993 }
1994 */
1995 exp = *expp;
1996 break;
1997
1998 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
1999 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
2000 nargs = 1;
2001 *pos += 3;
2002 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type);
2003 exp = *expp;
2004 break;
2005 */
2006 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
2007 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
2008 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
2009 *pos += 4;
2010 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2011 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2012 exp = *expp;
2013 break;
2014 */
2015 case UNOP_ADDR:
2016 nargs = 1;
2017 *pos += 1;
2018 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2019 exp = *expp;
2020 break;
2021
2022 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
2023 {
2024 struct value *arg1;
2025 nargs = 2;
2026 *pos += 1;
2027 arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2028 if (arg1 == NULL)
2029 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2030 else
2031 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
2032 break;
2033 }
2034
2035 default:
2036 switch (op)
2037 {
2038 default:
2039 error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution");
2040 case UNOP_CAST:
2041 /* case UNOP_MBR:
2042 nargs = 1;
2043 *pos += 3;
2044 break;
2045 */
2046 case BINOP_ADD:
2047 case BINOP_SUB:
2048 case BINOP_MUL:
2049 case BINOP_DIV:
2050 case BINOP_REM:
2051 case BINOP_MOD:
2052 case BINOP_EXP:
2053 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2054 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
2055 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
2056 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2057 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2058 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2059
2060 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2061 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2062 case BINOP_LESS:
2063 case BINOP_GTR:
2064 case BINOP_LEQ:
2065 case BINOP_GEQ:
2066
2067 case BINOP_REPEAT:
2068 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT:
2069 case BINOP_COMMA:
2070 nargs = 2;
2071 *pos += 1;
2072 break;
2073
2074 case UNOP_NEG:
2075 case UNOP_PLUS:
2076 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2077 case UNOP_ABS:
2078 case UNOP_IND:
2079 nargs = 1;
2080 *pos += 1;
2081 break;
2082
2083 case OP_LONG:
2084 case OP_DOUBLE:
2085 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2086 *pos += 4;
2087 break;
2088
2089 case OP_TYPE:
2090 case OP_BOOL:
2091 case OP_LAST:
2092 case OP_REGISTER:
2093 case OP_INTERNALVAR:
2094 *pos += 3;
2095 break;
2096
2097 case UNOP_MEMVAL:
2098 *pos += 3;
2099 nargs = 1;
2100 break;
2101
2102 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
2103 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
2104 nargs = 1;
2105 *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1);
2106 break;
2107
2108 case OP_ARRAY:
2109 *pos += 4;
2110 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1;
2111 nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
2112 /* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */
2113 /* if (nargs == 0)
2114 nargs = 1;
2115 break; */
2116
2117 case TERNOP_SLICE:
2118 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2119 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
2120 *pos += 1;
2121 nargs = 3;
2122 break;
2123 */
2124 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2125 /* case BINOP_MBR:
2126 *pos += 3;
2127 nargs = 2;
2128 break; */
2129 }
2130
2131 argvec =
2132 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
2133 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2134 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2135 argvec[i] = NULL;
2136 exp = *expp;
2137 break;
2138 }
2139
2140 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
2141 switch (op)
2142 {
2143 default:
2144 break;
2145
2146 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2147 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
2148 {
2149 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2150 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2151 int n_candidates;
2152
2153 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name,
2154 exp->elts[pc + 1].block,
2155 VAR_DOMAIN,
2156 &candidate_syms,
2157 &candidate_blocks);
2158
2159 if (n_candidates > 1)
2160 { */
2161 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
2162 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
2163 out all types. *//*
2164 int j;
2165 for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1)
2166 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]))
2167 {
2168 case LOC_REGISTER:
2169 case LOC_ARG:
2170 case LOC_REF_ARG:
2171 case LOC_REGPARM:
2172 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
2173 case LOC_LOCAL:
2174 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
2175 case LOC_BASEREG:
2176 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
2177 case LOC_COMPUTED:
2178 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
2179 goto FoundNonType;
2180 default:
2181 break;
2182 }
2183 FoundNonType:
2184 if (j < n_candidates)
2185 {
2186 j = 0;
2187 while (j < n_candidates)
2188 {
2189 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
2190 {
2191 candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1];
2192 candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1];
2193 n_candidates -= 1;
2194 }
2195 else
2196 j += 1;
2197 }
2198 }
2199 }
2200
2201 if (n_candidates == 0)
2202 error ("No definition found for %s",
2203 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2204 else if (n_candidates == 1)
2205 i = 0;
2206 else if (deprocedure_p
2207 && ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates))
2208 {
2209 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2210 n_candidates, NULL, 0,
2211 exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type);
2212 if (i < 0)
2213 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2214 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2215 }
2216 else
2217 {
2218 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n",
2219 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name));
2220 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2221 n_candidates, 1);
2222 i = 0;
2223 }
2224
2225 exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2226 exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2227 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2228 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2229 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2230 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2231 } */
2232 /* FALL THROUGH */
2233
2234 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2235 if (deprocedure_p &&
2236 TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) ==
2237 TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2238 {
2239 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0,
2240 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol,
2241 exp->elts[pc + 1].block);
2242 exp = *expp;
2243 }
2244 break;
2245
2246 case OP_FUNCALL:
2247 {
2248 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2249 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
2250 {
2251 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2252 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2253 int n_candidates;
2254
2255 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name,
2256 exp->elts[pc + 4].block,
2257 VAR_DOMAIN,
2258 &candidate_syms,
2259 &candidate_blocks);
2260 if (n_candidates == 1)
2261 i = 0;
2262 else
2263 {
2264 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2265 n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1,
2266 exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type);
2267 if (i < 0)
2268 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2269 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
2270 }
2271
2272 exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2273 exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2274 exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2275 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2276 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2277 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2278 } */
2279
2280 }
2281 break;
2282 case BINOP_ADD:
2283 case BINOP_SUB:
2284 case BINOP_MUL:
2285 case BINOP_DIV:
2286 case BINOP_REM:
2287 case BINOP_MOD:
2288 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2289 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2290 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2291 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2292 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2293 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2294 case BINOP_LESS:
2295 case BINOP_GTR:
2296 case BINOP_LEQ:
2297 case BINOP_GEQ:
2298 case BINOP_EXP:
2299 case UNOP_NEG:
2300 case UNOP_PLUS:
2301 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2302 case UNOP_ABS:
2303 if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec))
2304 {
2305 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
2306 struct block **candidate_blocks;
2307 int n_candidates;
2308
2309 n_candidates =
2310 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)),
2311 (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN,
2312 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
2313 i =
2314 ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2315 n_candidates, argvec, nargs,
2316 ada_op_name (op), NULL);
2317 if (i < 0)
2318 break;
2319
2320 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1,
2321 candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]);
2322 exp = *expp;
2323 }
2324 break;
2325 }
2326
2327 *pos = pc;
2328 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos);
2329 }
2330
2331 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
2332 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
2333 a non-pointer. */
2334 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
2335 liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */
2336
2337 static int
2338 ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref)
2339 {
2340 CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype);
2341 CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype);
2342
2343 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2344 ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype);
2345 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2346 atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype);
2347
2348 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
2349 || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
2350 return 1;
2351
2352 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype))
2353 {
2354 default:
2355 return 1;
2356 case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
2357 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
2358 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype),
2359 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0);
2360 else
2361 return (may_deref &&
2362 ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0));
2363 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2364 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2365 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2366 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype))
2367 {
2368 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2369 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2370 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2371 return 1;
2372 default:
2373 return 0;
2374 }
2375
2376 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
2377 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2378 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2379
2380 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
2381 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype))
2382 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2383 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2384 else
2385 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2386 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2387
2388 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
2389 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2390 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype));
2391 }
2392 }
2393
2394 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
2395 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
2396 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
2397 argument function. */
2398
2399 static int
2400 ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals)
2401 {
2402 int i;
2403 struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func);
2404
2405 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST &&
2406 TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2407 return (n_actuals == 0);
2408 else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2409 return 0;
2410
2411 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals)
2412 return 0;
2413
2414 for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1)
2415 {
2416 struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i));
2417 struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]));
2418
2419 if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i),
2420 VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1))
2421 return 0;
2422 }
2423 return 1;
2424 }
2425
2426 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
2427 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
2428 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
2429 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
2430
2431 static int
2432 return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type)
2433 {
2434 struct type *return_type;
2435
2436 if (func_type == NULL)
2437 return 1;
2438
2439 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2440 /* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2441 return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type));
2442 else
2443 return_type = base_type (func_type); */
2444 if (return_type == NULL)
2445 return 1;
2446
2447 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2448 /* context_type = base_type (context_type); */
2449
2450 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2451 return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type;
2452 else if (context_type == NULL)
2453 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID;
2454 else
2455 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type);
2456 }
2457
2458
2459 /* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the
2460 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
2461 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match
2462 that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If
2463 CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function.
2464 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
2465 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
2466 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
2467 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS
2468 is modified in parallel to SYMS. */
2469
2470 int
2471 ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[],
2472 int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs,
2473 const char *name, struct type *context_type)
2474 {
2475 int k;
2476 int m; /* Number of hits */
2477 struct type *fallback;
2478 struct type *return_type;
2479
2480 return_type = context_type;
2481 if (context_type == NULL)
2482 fallback = builtin_type_void;
2483 else
2484 fallback = NULL;
2485
2486 m = 0;
2487 while (1)
2488 {
2489 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
2490 {
2491 struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]));
2492
2493 if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs)
2494 && return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type))
2495 {
2496 syms[m] = syms[k];
2497 if (blocks != NULL)
2498 blocks[m] = blocks[k];
2499 m += 1;
2500 }
2501 }
2502 if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback)
2503 break;
2504 else
2505 return_type = fallback;
2506 }
2507
2508 if (m == 0)
2509 return -1;
2510 else if (m > 1)
2511 {
2512 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name);
2513 user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1);
2514 return 0;
2515 }
2516 return 0;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */
2520 /* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */
2521 /* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */
2522 /* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */
2523 /* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
2524 static int
2525 mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1)
2526 {
2527 if (N1 == NULL)
2528 return 0;
2529 else if (N0 == NULL)
2530 return 1;
2531 else
2532 {
2533 int k0, k1;
2534 for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1)
2535 ;
2536 for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1)
2537 ;
2538 if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000'
2539 && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000')
2540 {
2541 int n0, n1;
2542 n0 = k0;
2543 while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_')
2544 n0 -= 1;
2545 n1 = k1;
2546 while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_')
2547 n1 -= 1;
2548 if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0))
2549 return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1));
2550 }
2551 return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0);
2552 }
2553 }
2554
2555 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */
2556 /* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */
2557 /* permutation. */
2558 static void
2559 sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms)
2560 {
2561 int i, j;
2562 for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2563 {
2564 struct symbol *sym = syms[i];
2565 struct block *block = blocks[i];
2566 int j;
2567
2568 for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
2569 {
2570 if (mangled_ordered_before (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]),
2571 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
2572 break;
2573 syms[j + 1] = syms[j];
2574 blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j];
2575 }
2576 syms[j + 1] = sym;
2577 blocks[j + 1] = block;
2578 }
2579 }
2580
2581 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */
2582 /* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */
2583 /* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */
2584 /* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */
2585 /* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */
2586 /* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */
2587
2588 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
2589 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
2590
2591 int
2592 user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms,
2593 int max_results)
2594 {
2595 int i;
2596 int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms);
2597 int n_chosen;
2598 int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2;
2599
2600 if (max_results < 1)
2601 error ("Request to select 0 symbols!");
2602 if (nsyms <= 1)
2603 return nsyms;
2604
2605 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
2606 if (max_results > 1)
2607 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
2608
2609 sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms);
2610
2611 for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2612 {
2613 if (syms[i] == NULL)
2614 continue;
2615
2616 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
2617 {
2618 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1);
2619 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2620 i + first_choice,
2621 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2622 sal.symtab == NULL
2623 ? "<no source file available>"
2624 : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line);
2625 continue;
2626 }
2627 else
2628 {
2629 int is_enumeral =
2630 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST
2631 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL
2632 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
2633 struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]);
2634
2635 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL)
2636 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2637 i + first_choice,
2638 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2639 symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]));
2640 else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL)
2641 {
2642 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice);
2643 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0);
2644 printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n",
2645 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2646 }
2647 else if (symtab != NULL)
2648 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2649 ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n"
2650 : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n",
2651 i + first_choice,
2652 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2653 symtab->filename);
2654 else
2655 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2656 ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n"
2657 : "[%d] %s at ?\n",
2658 i + first_choice,
2659 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2660 }
2661 }
2662
2663 n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1,
2664 "overload-choice");
2665
2666 for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1)
2667 {
2668 syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]];
2669 if (blocks != NULL)
2670 blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]];
2671 }
2672
2673 return n_chosen;
2674 }
2675
2676 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
2677 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
2678 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
2679
2680 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
2681 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
2682
2683 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
2684 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
2685 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
2686
2687 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
2688
2689 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
2690 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
2691
2692 int
2693 get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results,
2694 int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix)
2695 {
2696 int i;
2697 char *args;
2698 const char *prompt;
2699 int n_chosen;
2700 int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1;
2701
2702 prompt = getenv ("PS2");
2703 if (prompt == NULL)
2704 prompt = ">";
2705
2706 printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt);
2707 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
2708
2709 args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix);
2710
2711 if (args == NULL)
2712 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2713
2714 n_chosen = 0;
2715
2716 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
2717 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
2718 while (1)
2719 {
2720 char *args2;
2721 int choice, j;
2722
2723 while (isspace (*args))
2724 args += 1;
2725 if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0)
2726 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2727 else if (*args == '\0')
2728 break;
2729
2730 choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10);
2731 if (args == args2 || choice < 0
2732 || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1)
2733 error ("Argument must be choice number");
2734 args = args2;
2735
2736 if (choice == 0)
2737 error ("cancelled");
2738
2739 if (choice < first_choice)
2740 {
2741 n_chosen = n_choices;
2742 for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1)
2743 choices[j] = j;
2744 break;
2745 }
2746 choice -= first_choice;
2747
2748 for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1)
2749 {
2750 }
2751
2752 if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j])
2753 {
2754 int k;
2755 for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1)
2756 choices[k + 1] = choices[k];
2757 choices[j + 1] = choice;
2758 n_chosen += 1;
2759 }
2760 }
2761
2762 if (n_chosen > max_results)
2763 error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results);
2764
2765 return n_chosen;
2766 }
2767
2768 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */
2769 /* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */
2770 /* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
2771
2772 static void
2773 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs,
2774 int oplen, struct symbol *sym,
2775 struct block *block)
2776 {
2777 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
2778 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
2779 struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *)
2780 xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression)
2781 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen));
2782 struct expression *exp = *expp;
2783
2784 newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen;
2785 newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn;
2786 memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc));
2787 memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen,
2788 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen));
2789
2790 newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL;
2791 newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs;
2792
2793 newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2794 newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block;
2795 newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym;
2796
2797 *expp = newexp;
2798 xfree (exp);
2799 }
2800
2801 /* Type-class predicates */
2802
2803 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */
2804 /* FLOAT.) */
2805
2806 static int
2807 numeric_type_p (struct type *type)
2808 {
2809 if (type == NULL)
2810 return 0;
2811 else
2812 {
2813 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2814 {
2815 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2816 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2817 return 1;
2818 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2819 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2820 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2821 default:
2822 return 0;
2823 }
2824 }
2825 }
2826
2827 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
2828
2829 static int
2830 integer_type_p (struct type *type)
2831 {
2832 if (type == NULL)
2833 return 0;
2834 else
2835 {
2836 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2837 {
2838 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2839 return 1;
2840 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2841 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2842 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2843 default:
2844 return 0;
2845 }
2846 }
2847 }
2848
2849 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
2850
2851 static int
2852 scalar_type_p (struct type *type)
2853 {
2854 if (type == NULL)
2855 return 0;
2856 else
2857 {
2858 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2859 {
2860 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2861 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2862 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2863 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2864 return 1;
2865 default:
2866 return 0;
2867 }
2868 }
2869 }
2870
2871 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
2872
2873 static int
2874 discrete_type_p (struct type *type)
2875 {
2876 if (type == NULL)
2877 return 0;
2878 else
2879 {
2880 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2881 {
2882 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2883 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2884 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2885 return 1;
2886 default:
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889 }
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be
2893 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
2894 (i.e., result 0). */
2895
2896 static int
2897 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
2898 {
2899 struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0]));
2900 struct type *type1 =
2901 (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1]));
2902
2903 switch (op)
2904 {
2905 default:
2906 return 0;
2907
2908 case BINOP_ADD:
2909 case BINOP_SUB:
2910 case BINOP_MUL:
2911 case BINOP_DIV:
2912 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1)));
2913
2914 case BINOP_REM:
2915 case BINOP_MOD:
2916 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2917 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2918 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2919 return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2920
2921 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2922 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2923 case BINOP_LESS:
2924 case BINOP_GTR:
2925 case BINOP_LEQ:
2926 case BINOP_GEQ:
2927 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1)));
2928
2929 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2930 return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2931 (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2932 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))
2933 != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2934 || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2935 (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2936 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)));
2937
2938 case BINOP_EXP:
2939 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2940
2941 case UNOP_NEG:
2942 case UNOP_PLUS:
2943 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2944 case UNOP_ABS:
2945 return (!numeric_type_p (type0));
2946
2947 }
2948 }
2949 \f
2950 /* Renaming */
2951
2952 /** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
2953 * have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
2954 * point. */
2955
2956 /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which
2957 * is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for
2958 * an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns
2959 * NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */
2960 const char *
2961 ada_renaming_type (struct type *type)
2962 {
2963 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2964 {
2965 const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type);
2966 const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR");
2967 if (suffix == NULL
2968 || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL))
2969 return NULL;
2970 else
2971 return suffix + 3;
2972 }
2973 else
2974 return NULL;
2975 }
2976
2977 /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */
2978 int
2979 ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym)
2980 {
2981 const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
2982 return renaming_type != NULL
2983 && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_');
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original
2987 * name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of
2988 * parsing. */
2989 const char *
2990 ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym)
2991 {
2992 struct type *type;
2993 const char *raw_name;
2994 int len;
2995 char *result;
2996
2997 type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
2998 if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1)
2999 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3000
3001 raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0);
3002 len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5;
3003 if (len <= 0)
3004 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3005
3006 result = xmalloc (len + 1);
3007 /* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */
3008 /* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */
3009 strncpy (result, raw_name, len);
3010 result[len] = '\000';
3011 return result;
3012 }
3013 \f
3014
3015 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3016
3017 /* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack
3018 pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */
3019
3020 static struct value *
3021 place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3022 {
3023 CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp;
3024
3025 #ifdef STACK_ALIGN
3026 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3027 STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH
3028 (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))));
3029 #else
3030 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3031 TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))));
3032 #endif
3033
3034 VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory;
3035 if (INNER_THAN (1, 2))
3036 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp;
3037 else
3038 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp;
3039
3040 return val;
3041 }
3042
3043 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
3044 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
3045 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
3046 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
3047
3048 static struct value *
3049 convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0,
3050 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3051 {
3052 struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3053 struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0);
3054 struct type *formal_target =
3055 TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3056 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type;
3057 struct type *actual_target =
3058 TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3059 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type;
3060
3061 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target)
3062 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
3063 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp);
3064 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3065 {
3066 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3067 && ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target))
3068 return desc_data (actual);
3069 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3070 {
3071 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory)
3072 {
3073 struct value *val;
3074 actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3075 val = allocate_value (actual_type);
3076 memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3077 (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual),
3078 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type));
3079 actual = place_on_stack (val, sp);
3080 }
3081 return value_addr (actual);
3082 }
3083 }
3084 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3085 return ada_value_ind (actual);
3086
3087 return actual;
3088 }
3089
3090
3091 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
3092 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
3093 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
3094 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value*
3095 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
3096
3097 static struct value *
3098 make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3099 {
3100 struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type);
3101 struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type);
3102 struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type);
3103 struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type);
3104 CORE_ADDR bounds_addr;
3105 int i;
3106
3107 for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1)
3108 {
3109 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3110 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)),
3111 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0),
3112 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0));
3113 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3114 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)),
3115 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1),
3116 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1));
3117 }
3118
3119 bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp);
3120
3121 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3122 arr,
3123 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type),
3124 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type));
3125 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3126 VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds),
3127 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type),
3128 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type));
3129
3130 descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp);
3131
3132 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3133 return value_addr (descriptor);
3134 else
3135 return descriptor;
3136 }
3137
3138
3139 /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any
3140 conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual
3141 parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does
3142 nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS
3143 does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a
3144 stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its
3145 value as needed. */
3146
3147 void
3148 ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[],
3149 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3150 {
3151 int i;
3152
3153 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0
3154 || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)))
3155 return;
3156
3157 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
3158 args[i] =
3159 convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp);
3160 }
3161 \f
3162
3163 /* Symbol Lookup */
3164
3165
3166 /* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */
3167 /* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
3168
3169 /* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */
3170 static size_t defn_vector_size = 0;
3171
3172 /* Current number of symbols found. */
3173 static int ndefns = 0;
3174
3175 static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL;
3176 static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL;
3177
3178 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
3179 * given DOMAIN. */
3180
3181 static struct symbol *
3182 standard_lookup (const char *name, domain_enum domain)
3183 {
3184 struct symbol *sym;
3185 sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, domain, 0, NULL);
3186 return sym;
3187 }
3188
3189
3190 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */
3191 /* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */
3192 /* contend in overloading in the same way. */
3193 static int
3194 is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n)
3195 {
3196 int i;
3197
3198 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
3199 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
3200 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3201 return 1;
3202
3203 return 0;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
3207 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
3208
3209 static int
3210 equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
3211 {
3212 if (type0 == type1)
3213 return 1;
3214 if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL
3215 || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1))
3216 return 0;
3217 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3218 || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3219 && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL
3220 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)))
3221 return 1;
3222
3223 return 0;
3224 }
3225
3226 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
3227 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
3228
3229 static int
3230 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1)
3231 {
3232 if (sym0 == sym1)
3233 return 1;
3234 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1)
3235 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1))
3236 return 0;
3237
3238 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0))
3239 {
3240 case LOC_UNDEF:
3241 return 1;
3242 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3243 {
3244 struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0);
3245 struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1);
3246 char *name0 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym0);
3247 char *name1 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym1);
3248 int len0 = strlen (name0);
3249 return
3250 TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1)
3251 && (equiv_types (type0, type1)
3252 || (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0)
3253 && STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5)));
3254 }
3255 case LOC_CONST:
3256 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1)
3257 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1));
3258 default:
3259 return 0;
3260 }
3261 }
3262
3263 /* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of
3264 defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and
3265 defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */
3266
3267 static void
3268 add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block)
3269 {
3270 int i;
3271 size_t tmp;
3272
3273 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL)
3274 CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
3275 for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1)
3276 {
3277 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i]))
3278 return;
3279 else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym))
3280 {
3281 defn_symbols[i] = sym;
3282 defn_blocks[i] = block;
3283 return;
3284 }
3285 }
3286
3287 tmp = defn_vector_size;
3288 GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2);
3289 GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2);
3290
3291 defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym;
3292 defn_blocks[ndefns] = block;
3293 ndefns += 1;
3294 }
3295
3296 /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given domain.
3297 Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do
3298 wild-card match if WILD. */
3299
3300 static struct partial_symbol *
3301 ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name,
3302 int global, domain_enum domain, int wild)
3303 {
3304 struct partial_symbol **start;
3305 int name_len = strlen (name);
3306 int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
3307 int i;
3308
3309 if (length == 0)
3310 {
3311 return (NULL);
3312 }
3313
3314 start = (global ?
3315 pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
3316 pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
3317
3318 if (wild)
3319 {
3320 for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1)
3321 {
3322 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3323
3324 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain &&
3325 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)))
3326 return psym;
3327 }
3328 return NULL;
3329 }
3330 else
3331 {
3332 if (global)
3333 {
3334 int U;
3335 i = 0;
3336 U = length - 1;
3337 while (U - i > 4)
3338 {
3339 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3340 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3341 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0])
3342 i = M + 1;
3343 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0])
3344 U = M - 1;
3345 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0)
3346 i = M + 1;
3347 else
3348 U = M;
3349 }
3350 }
3351 else
3352 i = 0;
3353
3354 while (i < length)
3355 {
3356 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3357
3358 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain)
3359 {
3360 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len);
3361
3362 if (cmp < 0)
3363 {
3364 if (global)
3365 break;
3366 }
3367 else if (cmp == 0
3368 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len))
3369 return psym;
3370 }
3371 i += 1;
3372 }
3373
3374 if (global)
3375 {
3376 int U;
3377 i = 0;
3378 U = length - 1;
3379 while (U - i > 4)
3380 {
3381 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3382 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3383 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_')
3384 i = M + 1;
3385 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_')
3386 U = M - 1;
3387 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0)
3388 i = M + 1;
3389 else
3390 U = M;
3391 }
3392 }
3393 else
3394 i = 0;
3395
3396 while (i < length)
3397 {
3398 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3399
3400 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain)
3401 {
3402 int cmp;
3403
3404 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0];
3405 if (cmp == 0)
3406 {
3407 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5);
3408 if (cmp == 0)
3409 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len);
3410 }
3411
3412 if (cmp < 0)
3413 {
3414 if (global)
3415 break;
3416 }
3417 else if (cmp == 0
3418 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5))
3419 return psym;
3420 }
3421 i += 1;
3422 }
3423
3424 }
3425 return NULL;
3426 }
3427
3428
3429 /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */
3430 static struct symtab *
3431 symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym)
3432 {
3433 struct symtab *s;
3434 struct objfile *objfile;
3435 struct block *b;
3436 struct symbol *tmp_sym;
3437 struct dict_iterator iter;
3438 int j;
3439
3440 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3441 {
3442 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3443 {
3444 case LOC_CONST:
3445 case LOC_STATIC:
3446 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3447 case LOC_REGISTER:
3448 case LOC_LABEL:
3449 case LOC_BLOCK:
3450 case LOC_CONST_BYTES:
3451 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3452 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3453 return s;
3454 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
3455 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3456 return s;
3457 break;
3458 default:
3459 break;
3460 }
3461 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3462 {
3463 case LOC_REGISTER:
3464 case LOC_ARG:
3465 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3466 case LOC_REGPARM:
3467 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3468 case LOC_LOCAL:
3469 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3470 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3471 case LOC_BASEREG:
3472 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3473 case LOC_COMPUTED:
3474 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3475 for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK;
3476 j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1)
3477 {
3478 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j);
3479 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3480 return s;
3481 }
3482 break;
3483 default:
3484 break;
3485 }
3486 }
3487 return NULL;
3488 }
3489
3490 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling
3491 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */
3492
3493 struct minimal_symbol *
3494 ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name)
3495 {
3496 struct objfile *objfile;
3497 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3498 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3499
3500 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3501 {
3502 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)
3503 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline)
3504 return msymbol;
3505 }
3506
3507 return NULL;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
3511 * selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN
3512 * and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for
3513 * ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3514 * wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to
3515 * find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the
3516 * pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a
3517 * frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a
3518 * frame with that same local-variable base. */
3519 static void
3520 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, domain_enum domain,
3521 int wild_match)
3522 {
3523 #ifdef i386
3524 static struct symbol static_link_sym;
3525 static struct symbol *static_link;
3526
3527 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
3528 struct frame_info *frame;
3529 struct frame_info *target_frame;
3530
3531 if (static_link == NULL)
3532 {
3533 /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the
3534 * static link (when it exists). */
3535 static_link = &static_link_sym;
3536 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = "";
3537 SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown;
3538 SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL;
3539 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (static_link) = VAR_DOMAIN;
3540 SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void);
3541 SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) =
3542 -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link));
3543 }
3544
3545 frame = deprecated_selected_frame;
3546 while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3547 {
3548 struct block *block;
3549 struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame);
3550 CORE_ADDR target_link;
3551
3552 if (target_link_val == NULL)
3553 break;
3554 QUIT;
3555
3556 target_link = target_link_val;
3557 do
3558 {
3559 QUIT;
3560 frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
3561 }
3562 while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link);
3563
3564 if (frame == NULL)
3565 break;
3566
3567 block = get_frame_block (frame, 0);
3568 while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3569 {
3570 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match);
3571
3572 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3573 }
3574 }
3575
3576 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3577 #endif
3578 }
3579
3580 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
3581 * for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
3582 static int
3583 is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type)
3584 {
3585 char *name = ada_type_name (type);
3586 return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>"));
3587 }
3588
3589 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
3590 * duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where
3591 * this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
3592 * linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
3593 * debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols,
3594 * and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the
3595 * correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number
3596 * of symbols in the modified list. */
3597 static int
3598 remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms)
3599 {
3600 int i, j;
3601
3602 i = 0;
3603 while (i < nsyms)
3604 {
3605 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL
3606 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC
3607 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))
3608 {
3609 for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1)
3610 {
3611 if (i != j
3612 && DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL
3613 && STREQ (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]))
3614 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j])
3615 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i])
3616 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j]))
3617 {
3618 int k;
3619 for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1)
3620 {
3621 syms[k - 1] = syms[k];
3622 blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k];
3623 }
3624 nsyms -= 1;
3625 goto NextSymbol;
3626 }
3627 }
3628 }
3629 i += 1;
3630 NextSymbol:
3631 ;
3632 }
3633 return nsyms;
3634 }
3635
3636 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3637 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
3638 *SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS
3639 pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those
3640 symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the
3641 next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol
3642 match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
3643 is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or
3644 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
3645 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */
3646
3647 int
3648 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3649 domain_enum domain, struct symbol ***syms,
3650 struct block ***blocks)
3651 {
3652 struct symbol *sym;
3653 struct symtab *s;
3654 struct partial_symtab *ps;
3655 struct blockvector *bv;
3656 struct objfile *objfile;
3657 struct block *b;
3658 struct block *block;
3659 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3660 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3661 int cacheIfUnique;
3662
3663 #ifdef TIMING
3664 markTimeStart (0);
3665 #endif
3666
3667 ndefns = 0;
3668 cacheIfUnique = 0;
3669
3670 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
3671
3672 block = block0;
3673 while (block != NULL)
3674 {
3675 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match);
3676
3677 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
3678 if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns))
3679 goto done;
3680
3681 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3682 }
3683
3684 /* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */
3685
3686 if (ndefns > 0)
3687 goto done;
3688
3689 cacheIfUnique = 1;
3690
3691 /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol
3692 tables, and psymtab's */
3693
3694 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3695 {
3696 QUIT;
3697 if (!s->primary)
3698 continue;
3699 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3700 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3701 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3702 }
3703
3704 if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN)
3705 {
3706 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3707 {
3708 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match))
3709 {
3710 switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol))
3711 {
3712 case mst_solib_trampoline:
3713 break;
3714 default:
3715 s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
3716 if (s != NULL)
3717 {
3718 int old_ndefns = ndefns;
3719 QUIT;
3720 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3721 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3722 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3723 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3724 domain, objfile, wild_match);
3725 if (ndefns == old_ndefns)
3726 {
3727 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3728 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3729 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3730 domain, objfile,
3731 wild_match);
3732 }
3733 }
3734 }
3735 }
3736 }
3737 }
3738
3739 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3740 {
3741 QUIT;
3742 if (!ps->readin
3743 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, domain, wild_match))
3744 {
3745 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3746 if (!s->primary)
3747 continue;
3748 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3749 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3750 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3751 }
3752 }
3753
3754 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits.
3755 (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error).
3756 Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */
3757
3758 if (ndefns == 0)
3759 {
3760
3761 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3762 {
3763 QUIT;
3764 if (!s->primary)
3765 continue;
3766 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3767 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3768 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3769 }
3770
3771 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3772 {
3773 QUIT;
3774 if (!ps->readin
3775 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, domain, wild_match))
3776 {
3777 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3778 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3779 if (!s->primary)
3780 continue;
3781 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3782 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain,
3783 objfile, wild_match);
3784 }
3785 }
3786 }
3787
3788 /* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
3789 enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be
3790 rare. */
3791 if (ndefns == 0)
3792 {
3793 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, domain, wild_match);
3794 if (ndefns > 0)
3795 goto done;
3796 }
3797
3798 done:
3799 ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns);
3800
3801
3802 *syms = defn_symbols;
3803 *blocks = defn_blocks;
3804 #ifdef TIMING
3805 markTimeStop (0);
3806 #endif
3807 return ndefns;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3811 * scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to
3812 * lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes.
3813 * Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is
3814 * disambiguated by user query if needed. */
3815
3816 struct symbol *
3817 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3818 domain_enum domain)
3819 {
3820 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
3821 struct block **candidate_blocks;
3822 int n_candidates;
3823
3824 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name,
3825 block0, domain,
3826 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
3827
3828 if (n_candidates == 0)
3829 return NULL;
3830 else if (n_candidates != 1)
3831 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1);
3832
3833 return candidate_syms[0];
3834 }
3835
3836
3837 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
3838 * that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
3839 * names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
3840 * are given by the regular expression:
3841 * (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
3842 *
3843 */
3844 static int
3845 is_name_suffix (const char *str)
3846 {
3847 int k;
3848 if (str[0] == 'X')
3849 {
3850 str += 1;
3851 while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0')
3852 {
3853 if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b')
3854 return 0;
3855 str += 1;
3856 }
3857 }
3858 if (str[0] == '\000')
3859 return 1;
3860 if (str[0] == '_')
3861 {
3862 if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000')
3863 return 0;
3864 if (str[2] == '_')
3865 {
3866 if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM"))
3867 return 1;
3868 if (str[3] != 'X')
3869 return 0;
3870 if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' ||
3871 str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P')
3872 return 1;
3873 if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T')
3874 return 1;
3875 return 0;
3876 }
3877 for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3878 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3879 return 0;
3880 return 1;
3881 }
3882 if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000')
3883 {
3884 for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3885 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3886 return 0;
3887 return 1;
3888 }
3889 return 0;
3890 }
3891
3892 /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
3893 * PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
3894 * informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
3895 * true). */
3896 static int
3897 wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name)
3898 {
3899 int name_len;
3900 int s, e;
3901
3902 name_len = strlen (name);
3903 if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5)
3904 && STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len)
3905 && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5))
3906 return 1;
3907
3908 while (name_len >= patn_len)
3909 {
3910 if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len))
3911 return 1;
3912 do
3913 {
3914 name += 1;
3915 name_len -= 1;
3916 }
3917 while (name_len > 0
3918 && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_'));
3919 if (name_len <= 0)
3920 return 0;
3921 if (name[0] == '_')
3922 {
3923 if (!islower (name[2]))
3924 return 0;
3925 name += 2;
3926 name_len -= 2;
3927 }
3928 else
3929 {
3930 if (!islower (name[1]))
3931 return 0;
3932 name += 1;
3933 name_len -= 1;
3934 }
3935 }
3936
3937 return 0;
3938 }
3939
3940
3941 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to
3942 vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of
3943 the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols
3944 currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3945 wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
3946
3947 static void
3948 ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name,
3949 domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile,
3950 int wild)
3951 {
3952 struct dict_iterator iter;
3953 int name_len = strlen (name);
3954 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
3955 struct symbol *arg_sym;
3956 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */
3957 int found_sym;
3958 struct symbol *sym;
3959
3960 arg_sym = NULL;
3961 found_sym = 0;
3962 if (wild)
3963 {
3964 struct symbol *sym;
3965 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
3966 {
3967 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain &&
3968 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
3969 {
3970 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3971 {
3972 case LOC_ARG:
3973 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3974 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3975 case LOC_REGPARM:
3976 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3977 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3978 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3979 arg_sym = sym;
3980 break;
3981 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
3982 continue;
3983 default:
3984 found_sym = 1;
3985 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
3986 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block);
3987 break;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 }
3991 }
3992 else
3993 {
3994 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
3995 {
3996 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain)
3997 {
3998 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len);
3999
4000 if (cmp == 0
4001 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len))
4002 {
4003 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4004 {
4005 case LOC_ARG:
4006 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4007 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4008 case LOC_REGPARM:
4009 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4010 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4011 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4012 arg_sym = sym;
4013 break;
4014 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4015 break;
4016 default:
4017 found_sym = 1;
4018 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4019 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4020 block);
4021 break;
4022 }
4023 }
4024 }
4025 }
4026 }
4027
4028 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4029 {
4030 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4031 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4032 }
4033
4034 if (!wild)
4035 {
4036 arg_sym = NULL;
4037 found_sym = 0;
4038
4039 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
4040 {
4041 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain)
4042 {
4043 int cmp;
4044
4045 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0];
4046 if (cmp == 0)
4047 {
4048 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5);
4049 if (cmp == 0)
4050 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len);
4051 }
4052
4053 if (cmp == 0
4054 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5))
4055 {
4056 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4057 {
4058 case LOC_ARG:
4059 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4060 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4061 case LOC_REGPARM:
4062 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4063 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4064 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4065 arg_sym = sym;
4066 break;
4067 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 found_sym = 1;
4071 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4072 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4073 block);
4074 break;
4075 }
4076 }
4077 }
4078 }
4079
4080 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
4081 They aren't parameters, right? */
4082 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4083 {
4084 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4085 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4086 }
4087 }
4088 }
4089 \f
4090
4091 /* Function Types */
4092
4093 /* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type
4094 with prototype information, if it is not already there. */
4095
4096 static void
4097 fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func)
4098 {
4099 struct block *b;
4100 int nargs, nsyms;
4101 struct dict_iterator iter;
4102 struct type *ftype;
4103 struct type *rtype;
4104 size_t max_fields;
4105 struct symbol *sym;
4106
4107 if (func == NULL
4108 || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4109 || TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL)
4110 return;
4111
4112 /* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */
4113 /* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */
4114 /* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */
4115 /* function type is being built (FIXME). */
4116 rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4117 ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4118 make_function_type (rtype, &ftype);
4119 SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype;
4120
4121 b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func);
4122
4123 nargs = 0;
4124 max_fields = 8;
4125 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) =
4126 (struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields);
4127 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
4128 {
4129 GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1);
4130
4131 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4132 {
4133 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4134 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4135 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4136 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4137 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4138 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) =
4139 lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)));
4140 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4141 nargs += 1;
4142
4143 break;
4144
4145 case LOC_ARG:
4146 case LOC_REGPARM:
4147 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4148 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4149 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4150 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4151 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4152 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4153 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
4154 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4155 nargs += 1;
4156
4157 break;
4158
4159 default:
4160 break;
4161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 /* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */
4165 /* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */
4166 /* has been filled in. */
4167
4168 TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs;
4169 if (nargs == 0)
4170 {
4171 static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
4172 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4173 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field;
4174 }
4175 else
4176 {
4177 struct field *fields =
4178 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4179 memcpy ((char *) fields,
4180 (char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4181 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4182 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields;
4183 }
4184 }
4185 \f
4186
4187 /* Breakpoint-related */
4188
4189 char no_symtab_msg[] =
4190 "No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.";
4191
4192 /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to
4193 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment
4194 of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE.
4195 */
4196 char *
4197 ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line)
4198 {
4199 /* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be
4200 the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */
4201 char *p;
4202 for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1)
4203 ;
4204 return p;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break
4208 command), following any initial file name specification.
4209
4210 Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the
4211 information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the
4212 following sense:
4213 + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file
4214 named by FILE_TABLE.
4215 + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM',
4216 then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as
4217 possible).
4218 + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with
4219 that name.
4220
4221 Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found.
4222
4223 If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME
4224 is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject
4225 to the usual mangling.
4226
4227 *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification.
4228
4229 FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code
4230 in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.).
4231
4232 If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a
4233 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array
4234 of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned
4235 list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a
4236 canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no
4237 canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null,
4238 *CANONICAL is set to NULL.
4239
4240 A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the
4241 breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position,
4242 with no further contextual information or user selection. It is
4243 needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number
4244 information supplied is insufficient for this unique
4245 identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*',
4246 or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec.
4247 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it
4248 is the caller's responsibility to free them. */
4249
4250 struct symtabs_and_lines
4251 ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table,
4252 int funfirstline, char ***canonical)
4253 {
4254 struct symbol **symbols;
4255 struct block **blocks;
4256 struct block *block;
4257 int n_matches, i, line_num;
4258 struct symtabs_and_lines selected;
4259 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4260 char *name;
4261
4262 int len;
4263 char *lower_name;
4264 char *unquoted_name;
4265
4266 if (file_table == NULL)
4267 block = get_selected_block (NULL);
4268 else
4269 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK);
4270
4271 if (canonical != NULL)
4272 *canonical = (char **) NULL;
4273
4274 name = *spec;
4275 if (**spec == '*')
4276 *spec += 1;
4277 else
4278 {
4279 while (**spec != '\000' &&
4280 !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec))
4281 *spec += 1;
4282 }
4283 len = *spec - name;
4284
4285 line_num = -1;
4286 if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1]))
4287 {
4288 line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10);
4289 while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t')
4290 *spec += 1;
4291 }
4292
4293 if (name[0] == '*')
4294 {
4295 if (line_num == -1)
4296 error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name.");
4297
4298 return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical);
4299 }
4300
4301 if (name[0] == '\'')
4302 {
4303 name += 1;
4304 len -= 2;
4305 }
4306
4307 if (name[0] == '<')
4308 {
4309 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1);
4310 memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2);
4311 unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000';
4312 lower_name = NULL;
4313 }
4314 else
4315 {
4316 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4317 memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len);
4318 unquoted_name[len] = '\000';
4319 lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4320 for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4321 lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]);
4322 lower_name[len] = '\000';
4323 }
4324
4325 n_matches = 0;
4326 if (lower_name != NULL)
4327 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block,
4328 VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks);
4329 if (n_matches == 0)
4330 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block,
4331 VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks);
4332 if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0)
4333 error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name);
4334 else if (n_matches == 0)
4335 {
4336 #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG
4337 /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */
4338 #undef volatile
4339 volatile struct symtab_and_line val;
4340 #define volatile /*nothing */
4341 #else
4342 struct symtab_and_line val;
4343 #endif
4344 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
4345
4346 init_sal (&val);
4347
4348 msymbol = NULL;
4349 if (lower_name != NULL)
4350 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name));
4351 if (msymbol == NULL)
4352 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name);
4353 if (msymbol != NULL)
4354 {
4355 val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
4356 val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol);
4357 if (funfirstline)
4358 {
4359 val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
4360 SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc);
4361 }
4362 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4363 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
4364 selected.sals[0] = val;
4365 selected.nelts = 1;
4366 return selected;
4367 }
4368
4369 if (!have_full_symbols () &&
4370 !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ())
4371 error (no_symtab_msg);
4372
4373 error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name);
4374 return selected; /* for lint */
4375 }
4376
4377 if (line_num >= 0)
4378 {
4379 return
4380 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num,
4381 symbols, n_matches);
4382 }
4383 else
4384 {
4385 selected.nelts =
4386 user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches);
4387 }
4388
4389 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4390 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts);
4391 memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i]));
4392 make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals);
4393
4394 i = 0;
4395 while (i < selected.nelts)
4396 {
4397 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
4398 selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline);
4399 else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0)
4400 {
4401 selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]);
4402 selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]);
4403 }
4404 else if (line_num >= 0)
4405 {
4406 /* Ignore this choice */
4407 symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1];
4408 blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1];
4409 selected.nelts -= 1;
4410 continue;
4411 }
4412 else
4413 error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name);
4414 i += 1;
4415 }
4416
4417 if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1))
4418 {
4419 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts);
4420 for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1)
4421 (*canonical)[i] =
4422 extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i],
4423 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbols[i]));
4424 }
4425
4426 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4427 return selected;
4428 }
4429
4430 /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table
4431 with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed
4432 in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */
4433 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4434 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num,
4435 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms)
4436 {
4437 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4438 int best_index, best;
4439 struct linetable *best_linetable;
4440 struct objfile *objfile;
4441 struct symtab *s;
4442 struct symtab *best_symtab;
4443
4444 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4445
4446 best_index = 0;
4447 best_linetable = NULL;
4448 best_symtab = NULL;
4449 best = 0;
4450 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4451 {
4452 struct linetable *l;
4453 int ind, exact;
4454
4455 QUIT;
4456
4457 if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename))
4458 continue;
4459 l = LINETABLE (s);
4460 ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact);
4461 if (ind >= 0)
4462 {
4463 if (exact)
4464 {
4465 best_index = ind;
4466 best_linetable = l;
4467 best_symtab = s;
4468 goto done;
4469 }
4470 if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
4471 {
4472 best = l->item[ind].line;
4473 best_index = ind;
4474 best_linetable = l;
4475 best_symtab = s;
4476 }
4477 }
4478 }
4479
4480 if (best == 0)
4481 error ("Line number not found in designated function.");
4482
4483 done:
4484
4485 sals.nelts = 1;
4486 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0]));
4487
4488 init_sal (&sals.sals[0]);
4489
4490 sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
4491 sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc;
4492 sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab;
4493
4494 return sals;
4495 }
4496
4497 /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose
4498 pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1].
4499 Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */
4500 static int
4501 find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4502 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp)
4503 {
4504 int i, len, best_index, best;
4505
4506 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL)
4507 return -1;
4508
4509 len = linetable->nitems;
4510 for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4511 {
4512 int k;
4513 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4514
4515 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
4516 {
4517 if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK
4518 && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))
4519 && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])))
4520 goto candidate;
4521 }
4522 continue;
4523
4524 candidate:
4525
4526 if (item->line == line_num)
4527 {
4528 *exactp = 1;
4529 return i;
4530 }
4531
4532 if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
4533 {
4534 best = item->line;
4535 best_index = i;
4536 }
4537 }
4538
4539 *exactp = 0;
4540 return best_index;
4541 }
4542
4543 /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in
4544 LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at
4545 or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */
4546 static int
4547 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num)
4548 {
4549 int i, len, best;
4550
4551 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0)
4552 return -1;
4553 len = linetable->nitems;
4554
4555 i = 0;
4556 best = INT_MAX;
4557 while (i < len)
4558 {
4559 int k;
4560 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4561
4562 if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best)
4563 {
4564 char *func_name;
4565 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4566
4567 func_name = NULL;
4568 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4569
4570 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4571 {
4572 if (item->line == line_num)
4573 return line_num;
4574 else
4575 {
4576 struct symbol *sym =
4577 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN);
4578 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num))
4579 best = item->line;
4580 else
4581 {
4582 do
4583 i += 1;
4584 while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end);
4585 continue;
4586 }
4587 }
4588 }
4589 }
4590
4591 i += 1;
4592 }
4593
4594 return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best;
4595 }
4596
4597
4598 /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND,
4599 entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k
4600 corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that
4601 corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function
4602 that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE.
4603 Return -1 if there is no such k.
4604 IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */
4605
4606 static int
4607 find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4608 int starting_line, int ind)
4609 {
4610 int i, len;
4611
4612 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems)
4613 return -1;
4614 len = linetable->nitems;
4615
4616 if (ind >= 0)
4617 {
4618 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4619
4620 if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc,
4621 (char **) NULL, &start, &end))
4622 {
4623 while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end)
4624 ind += 1;
4625 }
4626 else
4627 ind += 1;
4628 }
4629 else
4630 ind = 0;
4631
4632 i = ind;
4633 while (i < len)
4634 {
4635 int k;
4636 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4637
4638 if (item->line >= line_num)
4639 {
4640 char *func_name;
4641 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4642
4643 func_name = NULL;
4644 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4645
4646 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4647 {
4648 if (item->line == line_num)
4649 {
4650 struct symbol *sym =
4651 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN);
4652 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line))
4653 return i;
4654 else
4655 {
4656 while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end)
4657 i += 1;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661 }
4662 i += 1;
4663 }
4664
4665 return -1;
4666 }
4667
4668 /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line #
4669 LINE_NUM. */
4670 static int
4671 is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num)
4672 {
4673 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
4674
4675 if (sym == NULL)
4676 return 0;
4677
4678 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0);
4679
4680 return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line);
4681 }
4682
4683 static void
4684 debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt)
4685 {
4686 int i;
4687
4688 if (lt == NULL)
4689 return;
4690
4691 fprintf (stderr, "\t");
4692 for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1)
4693 fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc);
4694 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4695 }
4696
4697 static void
4698 debug_print_block (struct block *b)
4699 {
4700 struct dict_iterator iter;
4701 struct symbol *sym;
4702
4703 fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]",
4704 b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b));
4705 if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
4706 fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b)));
4707 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4708 fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b));
4709 fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:");
4710 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
4711 {
4712 fprintf (stderr, " %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
4713 }
4714 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4715 }
4716
4717 static void
4718 debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv)
4719 {
4720 int i;
4721
4722 if (bv == NULL)
4723 return;
4724 for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1)
4725 {
4726 fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i);
4727 debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
4728 }
4729 }
4730
4731 static void
4732 debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s)
4733 {
4734 fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s,
4735 s->filename, s->dirname);
4736 fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n",
4737 BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary);
4738 debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s));
4739 fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s));
4740 debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s));
4741 }
4742
4743 /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables
4744 with file name FILENAME. */
4745 static void
4746 read_all_symtabs (const char *filename)
4747 {
4748 struct partial_symtab *ps;
4749 struct objfile *objfile;
4750
4751 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
4752 {
4753 QUIT;
4754
4755 if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename))
4756 PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
4757 }
4758 }
4759
4760 /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file
4761 FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set
4762 it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */
4763 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4764 all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical)
4765 {
4766 struct symtabs_and_lines result;
4767 struct objfile *objfile;
4768 struct symtab *s;
4769 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4770 size_t len;
4771
4772 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4773
4774 result.sals =
4775 (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0]));
4776 result.nelts = 0;
4777 len = 4;
4778 make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals);
4779
4780 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4781 {
4782 int ind, target_line_num;
4783
4784 QUIT;
4785
4786 if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename))
4787 continue;
4788
4789 target_line_num =
4790 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num);
4791 if (target_line_num == -1)
4792 continue;
4793
4794 ind = -1;
4795 while (1)
4796 {
4797 ind =
4798 find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s),
4799 target_line_num, line_num, ind);
4800
4801 if (ind < 0)
4802 break;
4803
4804 GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1);
4805 init_sal (&result.sals[result.nelts]);
4806 result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line;
4807 result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc;
4808 result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s;
4809 result.nelts += 1;
4810 }
4811 }
4812
4813 if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1)
4814 {
4815 int k;
4816 char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *));
4817 int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1;
4818 int n;
4819 int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int));
4820
4821 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4822 {
4823 find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k],
4824 (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL);
4825 if (func_names[k] == NULL)
4826 error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints.");
4827 }
4828
4829 if (result.nelts > 1)
4830 {
4831 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
4832 if (result.nelts > 1)
4833 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
4834 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4835 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice,
4836 ada_demangle (func_names[k]));
4837
4838 n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts,
4839 result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice");
4840
4841 for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1)
4842 {
4843 result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]];
4844 func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]];
4845 }
4846 result.nelts = n;
4847 }
4848
4849 if (canonical != NULL)
4850 {
4851 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **));
4852 make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical);
4853 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4854 {
4855 (*canonical)[k] =
4856 extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]);
4857 if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL)
4858 error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints.");
4859 make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]);
4860 }
4861 }
4862 }
4863
4864 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4865 return result;
4866 }
4867
4868
4869 /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for
4870 symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient
4871 information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space
4872 allocated. */
4873
4874 static char *
4875 extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name)
4876 {
4877 char *r;
4878
4879 if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0)
4880 return NULL;
4881
4882 r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename)
4883 + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3);
4884 sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line);
4885 return r;
4886 }
4887
4888 #if 0
4889 int begin_bnum = -1;
4890 #endif
4891 int begin_annotate_level = 0;
4892
4893 static void
4894 begin_cleanup (void *dummy)
4895 {
4896 begin_annotate_level = 0;
4897 }
4898
4899 static void
4900 begin_command (char *args, int from_tty)
4901 {
4902 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
4903 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr;
4904 char main_program_name[1024];
4905 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL);
4906 begin_annotate_level = 2;
4907
4908 /* Check that there is a program to debug */
4909 if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
4910 error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
4911
4912 /* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */
4913 /* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada)
4914 error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?");
4915 */
4916 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
4917
4918 /* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */
4919 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL);
4920
4921 if (msym != NULL)
4922 {
4923 main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym);
4924 if (main_program_name_addr == 0)
4925 error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name.");
4926
4927 /* Read the name of the main procedure */
4928 extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name);
4929
4930 /* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */
4931 do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0);
4932 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4933 }
4934 else
4935 {
4936 /* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the
4937 main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build
4938 was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous
4939 mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work
4940 in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user
4941 has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the
4942 begin command processing (eg in the initialization code).
4943
4944 The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking
4945 on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates
4946 the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the
4947 Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this
4948 Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit.
4949 */
4950 do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0);
4951 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4952 do_command ("up", 0);
4953 do_command ("tbreak +2", 0);
4954 do_command ("continue", 0);
4955 do_command ("step", 0);
4956 }
4957
4958 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4959 }
4960
4961 int
4962 is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename)
4963 {
4964 return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) ||
4965 STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) ||
4966 STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2));
4967 }
4968
4969 /* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
4970 part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */
4971
4972 int
4973 find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level)
4974 {
4975 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4976
4977 for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi))
4978 {
4979 find_frame_sal (fi, &sal);
4980 if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename))
4981 {
4982 #if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET)
4983 /* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us
4984 from finding the right frame */
4985
4986 if (sal.symtab->objfile &&
4987 STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so"))
4988 continue;
4989 #endif
4990 deprecated_selected_frame = fi;
4991 break;
4992 }
4993 }
4994
4995 return level;
4996 }
4997
4998 void
4999 ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b)
5000 {
5001 /* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */
5002 /* if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5003 {
5004 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5005 being the exception *//*
5006 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5007 {
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "on ");
5009 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception",
5010 SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol));
5011 }
5012 else
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions");
5014 }
5015 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5016 ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception");
5017 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5018 ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure");
5019 #else
5020 if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5021 { */
5022 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5023 being the exception *//*
5024 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5025 {
5026 fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout);
5027 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME
5028 (b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout);
5029 }
5030 else
5031 fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout);
5032 }
5033 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5034 fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout);
5035 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5036 fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout);
5037 */
5038 }
5039
5040 int
5041 ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym)
5042 {
5043 char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
5044
5045 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5046 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5047 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST
5048 && type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception"));
5049 }
5050
5051 int
5052 ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym)
5053 {
5054 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5055 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5056 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST);
5057 }
5058
5059 /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite
5060 into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set
5061 *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for
5062 break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */
5063 char *
5064 ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp)
5065 {
5066 if (arg == NULL)
5067 return arg;
5068 *break_on_exceptionp = 0;
5069 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
5070 /* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5071 && STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) &&
5072 (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0'))
5073 {
5074 char *tok, *end_tok;
5075 int toklen;
5076
5077 *break_on_exceptionp = 1;
5078
5079 tok = arg+9;
5080 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5081 tok += 1;
5082
5083 end_tok = tok;
5084
5085 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5086 end_tok += 1;
5087
5088 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5089
5090 arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5091 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)")
5092 + toklen + 1);
5093 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5094 if (toklen == 0)
5095 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg");
5096 else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen))
5097 {
5098 *break_on_exceptionp = 2;
5099 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception");
5100 }
5101 else
5102 {
5103 sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5104 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)",
5105 toklen, tok);
5106 }
5107 }
5108 else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5109 && STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) &&
5110 (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0'))
5111 {
5112 char *tok = arg + 6;
5113
5114 *break_on_exceptionp = 3;
5115
5116 arg = (char*)
5117 xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure")
5118 + strlen (tok) + 1);
5119 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5120 sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok);
5121 }
5122 */
5123 return arg;
5124 }
5125 \f
5126
5127 /* Field Access */
5128
5129 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5130 to be invisible to users. */
5131
5132 int
5133 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5134 {
5135 if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
5136 return 1;
5137 else
5138 {
5139 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5140 return (name == NULL
5141 || (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5142 }
5143 }
5144
5145 /* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */
5146
5147 int
5148 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type)
5149 {
5150 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5151 return 0;
5152
5153 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL);
5154 }
5155
5156 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5157
5158 struct type *
5159 ada_tag_type (struct value *val)
5160 {
5161 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL);
5162 }
5163
5164 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5165
5166 struct value *
5167 ada_value_tag (struct value *val)
5168 {
5169 return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record");
5170 }
5171
5172 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5173
5174 struct type *
5175 ada_parent_type (struct type *type)
5176 {
5177 int i;
5178
5179 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5180
5181 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5182 return NULL;
5183
5184 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5185 if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i))
5186 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5187
5188 return NULL;
5189 }
5190
5191 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5192 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5193 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5194
5195 int
5196 ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5197 {
5198 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num);
5199 return (name != NULL &&
5200 (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5201 }
5202
5203 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5204 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5205 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5206 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5207 structures. */
5208
5209 int
5210 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5211 {
5212 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5213 return (name != NULL
5214 && (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP")
5215 || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)
5216 || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O'));
5217 }
5218
5219 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5220 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5221 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5222
5223 int
5224 ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num)
5225 {
5226 struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num);
5227 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5228 || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num)
5229 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) ==
5230 TYPE_CODE_UNION));
5231 }
5232
5233 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5234 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5235 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */
5236
5237 struct type *
5238 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type)
5239 {
5240 char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5241 struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL);
5242 if (type == NULL)
5243 return builtin_type_int;
5244 else
5245 return type;
5246 }
5247
5248 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5249 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5250 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5251
5252 int
5253 ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num)
5254 {
5255 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5256 return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O');
5257 }
5258
5259 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5260 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The
5261 value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5262
5263 char *
5264 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0)
5265 {
5266 static char *result = NULL;
5267 static size_t result_len = 0;
5268 struct type *type;
5269 const char *name;
5270 const char *discrim_end;
5271 const char *discrim_start;
5272
5273 if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
5274 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0);
5275 else
5276 type = type0;
5277
5278 name = ada_type_name (type);
5279
5280 if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000')
5281 return "";
5282
5283 for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name;
5284 discrim_end -= 1)
5285 {
5286 if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6))
5287 break;
5288 }
5289 if (discrim_end == name)
5290 return "";
5291
5292 for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3;
5293 discrim_start -= 1)
5294 {
5295 if (discrim_start == name + 1)
5296 return "";
5297 if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3))
5298 || discrim_start[-1] == '.')
5299 break;
5300 }
5301
5302 GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1);
5303 strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start);
5304 result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0';
5305 return result;
5306 }
5307
5308 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the
5309 position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K,
5310 if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1
5311 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A
5312 "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal,
5313 followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m
5314 does not occur. */
5315
5316 int
5317 ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k)
5318 {
5319 ULONGEST RU;
5320
5321 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
5322 return 0;
5323
5324 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
5325 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
5326 LONGEST. */
5327 RU = 0;
5328 while (isdigit (str[k]))
5329 {
5330 RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0');
5331 k += 1;
5332 }
5333
5334 if (str[k] == 'm')
5335 {
5336 if (R != NULL)
5337 *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1;
5338 k += 1;
5339 }
5340 else if (R != NULL)
5341 *R = (LONGEST) RU;
5342
5343 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
5344 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
5345 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
5346 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
5347 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
5348
5349 if (new_k != NULL)
5350 *new_k = k;
5351 return 1;
5352 }
5353
5354 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
5355 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
5356 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
5357
5358 int
5359 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num)
5360 {
5361 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5362 int p;
5363
5364 p = 0;
5365 while (1)
5366 {
5367 switch (name[p])
5368 {
5369 case '\0':
5370 return 0;
5371 case 'S':
5372 {
5373 LONGEST W;
5374 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p))
5375 return 0;
5376 if (val == W)
5377 return 1;
5378 break;
5379 }
5380 case 'R':
5381 {
5382 LONGEST L, U;
5383 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p)
5384 || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p))
5385 return 0;
5386 if (val >= L && val <= U)
5387 return 1;
5388 break;
5389 }
5390 case 'O':
5391 return 1;
5392 default:
5393 return 0;
5394 }
5395 }
5396 }
5397
5398 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes)
5399 of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE,
5400 extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields.
5401 FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only
5402 in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
5403
5404 struct value *
5405 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
5406 struct type *arg_type)
5407 {
5408 struct value *v;
5409 struct type *type;
5410
5411 CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type);
5412 type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno);
5413
5414 /* Handle packed fields */
5415
5416 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0)
5417 {
5418 int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno);
5419 int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno);
5420
5421 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1),
5422 offset + bit_pos / 8,
5423 bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type);
5424 }
5425 else
5426 return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
5427 }
5428
5429
5430 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
5431 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
5432 If found, return value, else return NULL.
5433
5434 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
5435
5436 struct value *
5437 ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset,
5438 struct type *type)
5439 {
5440 int i;
5441 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5442
5443 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
5444 {
5445 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5446
5447 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5448 continue;
5449
5450 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5451 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type);
5452
5453 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5454 {
5455 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5456 offset +
5457 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
5458 i) /
5459 8,
5460 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type,
5461 i));
5462 if (v != NULL)
5463 return v;
5464 }
5465
5466 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5467 {
5468 int j;
5469 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5470 int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5471
5472 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5473 {
5474 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5475 var_offset
5476 +
5477 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS
5478 (field_type, j) / 8,
5479 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE
5480 (field_type, j));
5481 if (v != NULL)
5482 return v;
5483 }
5484 }
5485 }
5486 return NULL;
5487 }
5488
5489 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union,
5490 extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union
5491 and return it as a value with its appropriate type.
5492
5493 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
5494 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
5495 (e.g., '_parent').
5496
5497 ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class
5498 of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */
5499
5500 struct value *
5501 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err)
5502 {
5503 struct type *t;
5504 struct value *v;
5505
5506 arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg);
5507 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5508
5509 /* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */
5510
5511 while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5512 {
5513 arg = ada_value_ind (arg);
5514 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5515 }
5516
5517 if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5518 error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.",
5519 err);
5520
5521 v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t);
5522 if (v == NULL)
5523 error ("There is no member named %s.", name);
5524
5525 return v;
5526 }
5527
5528 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
5529 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
5530 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
5531 work for packed fields).
5532
5533 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
5534 followed by "___".
5535
5536 TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
5537 a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
5538 type is automatically used.
5539
5540 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
5541
5542 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */
5543
5544 struct type *
5545 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr,
5546 int *dispp)
5547 {
5548 int i;
5549
5550 if (name == NULL)
5551 goto BadName;
5552
5553 while (1)
5554 {
5555 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5556 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
5557 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF)
5558 break;
5559 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
5560 }
5561
5562 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT &&
5563 TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5564 {
5565 target_terminal_ours ();
5566 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5567 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5568 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5569 error (" is not a structure or union type");
5570 }
5571
5572 type = to_static_fixed_type (type);
5573
5574 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5575 {
5576 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5577 struct type *t;
5578 int disp;
5579
5580 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5581 continue;
5582
5583 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5584 {
5585 if (dispp != NULL)
5586 *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5587 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5588 }
5589
5590 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5591 {
5592 disp = 0;
5593 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name,
5594 1, &disp);
5595 if (t != NULL)
5596 {
5597 if (dispp != NULL)
5598 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5599 return t;
5600 }
5601 }
5602
5603 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5604 {
5605 int j;
5606 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5607
5608 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5609 {
5610 disp = 0;
5611 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j),
5612 name, 1, &disp);
5613 if (t != NULL)
5614 {
5615 if (dispp != NULL)
5616 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5617 return t;
5618 }
5619 }
5620 }
5621
5622 }
5623
5624 BadName:
5625 if (!noerr)
5626 {
5627 target_terminal_ours ();
5628 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5629 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5630 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5631 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named ");
5632 error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name);
5633 }
5634
5635 return NULL;
5636 }
5637
5638 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
5639 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
5640 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
5641 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
5642
5643 int
5644 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type,
5645 char *outer_valaddr)
5646 {
5647 int others_clause;
5648 int i;
5649 int disp;
5650 struct type *discrim_type;
5651 char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5652 LONGEST discrim_val;
5653
5654 disp = 0;
5655 discrim_type =
5656 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp);
5657 if (discrim_type == NULL)
5658 return -1;
5659 discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp);
5660
5661 others_clause = -1;
5662 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1)
5663 {
5664 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i))
5665 others_clause = i;
5666 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i))
5667 return i;
5668 }
5669
5670 return others_clause;
5671 }
5672 \f
5673
5674
5675 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
5676
5677 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
5678 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
5679 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
5680 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
5681 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
5682
5683 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
5684 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
5685 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
5686 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
5687 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
5688 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
5689 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
5690 rather than struct value*s.
5691
5692 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
5693 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
5694 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
5695 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
5696 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
5697 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
5698 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
5699 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
5700 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
5701 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
5702 element selected. */
5703
5704 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
5705 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
5706 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
5707 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
5708 target at the target address. */
5709
5710 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
5711 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
5712 dynamic-sized types. */
5713
5714 struct value *
5715 ada_value_ind (struct value *val0)
5716 {
5717 struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0));
5718 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5719 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val);
5720 }
5721
5722 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
5723 * qualifiers on VAL0. */
5724 static struct value *
5725 ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0)
5726 {
5727 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5728 {
5729 struct value *val = val0;
5730 COERCE_REF (val);
5731 val = unwrap_value (val);
5732 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5733 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
5734 val);
5735 }
5736 else
5737 return val0;
5738 }
5739
5740 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
5741 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
5742
5743 static unsigned int
5744 align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment)
5745 {
5746 return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1);
5747 }
5748
5749 /* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template
5750 type TYPE. */
5751
5752 static unsigned int
5753 field_offset (struct type *type, int f)
5754 {
5755 int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5756 /* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */
5757 if (n < 0)
5758 return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff;
5759 else
5760 return n;
5761 }
5762
5763
5764 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
5765
5766 static unsigned int
5767 field_alignment (struct type *type, int f)
5768 {
5769 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
5770 int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name);
5771 int align_offset;
5772
5773 if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1]))
5774 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5775
5776 if (isdigit (name[len - 2]))
5777 align_offset = len - 2;
5778 else
5779 align_offset = len - 1;
5780
5781 if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5))
5782 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5783
5784 return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
5788 struct type *
5789 ada_find_any_type (const char *name)
5790 {
5791 struct symbol *sym;
5792
5793 sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_DOMAIN);
5794 if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
5795 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5796
5797 sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
5798 if (sym != NULL)
5799 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5800
5801 return NULL;
5802 }
5803
5804 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
5805 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
5806 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
5807 otherwise return 0. */
5808 int
5809 ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
5810 {
5811 if (type1 == NULL)
5812 return 1;
5813 else if (type0 == NULL)
5814 return 0;
5815 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5816 return 1;
5817 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5818 return 0;
5819 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0))
5820 return 1;
5821 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0)
5822 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1))
5823 return 1;
5824 else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL
5825 && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL)
5826 return 1;
5827 return 0;
5828 }
5829
5830 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
5831 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
5832 char *
5833 ada_type_name (struct type *type)
5834 {
5835 if (type == NULL)
5836 return NULL;
5837 else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL)
5838 return TYPE_NAME (type);
5839 else
5840 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
5841 }
5842
5843 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending
5844 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
5845
5846 struct type *
5847 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix)
5848 {
5849 static char *name;
5850 static size_t name_len = 0;
5851 struct symbol **syms;
5852 struct block **blocks;
5853 int nsyms;
5854 int len;
5855 char *typename = ada_type_name (type);
5856
5857 if (typename == NULL)
5858 return NULL;
5859
5860 len = strlen (typename);
5861
5862 GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1);
5863
5864 strcpy (name, typename);
5865 strcpy (name + len, suffix);
5866
5867 return ada_find_any_type (name);
5868 }
5869
5870
5871 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
5872 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
5873
5874 static struct type *
5875 dynamic_template_type (struct type *type)
5876 {
5877 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5878
5879 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5880 || ada_type_name (type) == NULL)
5881 return NULL;
5882 else
5883 {
5884 int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type));
5885 if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE"))
5886 return type;
5887 else
5888 return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE");
5889 }
5890 }
5891
5892 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
5893 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
5894
5895 static int
5896 is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num)
5897 {
5898 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num);
5899 return name != NULL
5900 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
5901 && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL;
5902 }
5903
5904 /* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE
5905 contains a variant part. */
5906
5907 static int
5908 contains_variant_part (struct type *type)
5909 {
5910 int f;
5911
5912 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5913 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0)
5914 return 0;
5915 return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1);
5916 }
5917
5918 /* A record type with no fields, . */
5919 static struct type *
5920 empty_record (struct objfile *objfile)
5921 {
5922 struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile);
5923 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5924 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
5925 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL;
5926 TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>";
5927 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
5928 TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0;
5929 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
5930 return type;
5931 }
5932
5933 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
5934 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
5935 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
5936 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
5937 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is
5938 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
5939 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
5940 of the variant. */
5941 /* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
5942 * variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
5943 * byte-aligned. */
5944
5945 static struct type *
5946 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
5947 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0)
5948 {
5949 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5950 struct value *dval;
5951 struct type *rtype;
5952 int nfields, bit_len;
5953 long off;
5954 int f;
5955
5956 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
5957 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
5958 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5959 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype);
5960 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields;
5961 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *)
5962 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
5963 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
5964 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
5965 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
5966 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in
5967 gdbtypes.h */
5968 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
5969
5970 off = 0;
5971 bit_len = 0;
5972 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
5973 {
5974 int fld_bit_len, bit_incr;
5975 off =
5976 align_value (off,
5977 field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5978 /* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes
5979 * problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's
5980 * rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */
5981 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off;
5982 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0;
5983 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, f) = 0;
5984
5985 if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f))
5986 {
5987 struct type *branch_type;
5988
5989 if (dval0 == NULL)
5990 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
5991 else
5992 dval = dval0;
5993
5994 branch_type =
5995 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
5996 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f),
5997 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
5998 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
5999 if (branch_type == NULL)
6000 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6001 else
6002 {
6003 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type;
6004 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S";
6005 }
6006 bit_incr = 0;
6007 fld_bit_len =
6008 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6009 }
6010 else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f))
6011 {
6012 if (dval0 == NULL)
6013 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6014 else
6015 dval = dval0;
6016
6017 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) =
6018 ada_to_fixed_type
6019 (ada_get_base_type
6020 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))),
6021 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6022 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6023 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6024 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6025 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6026 }
6027 else
6028 {
6029 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f);
6030 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6031 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0)
6032 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6033 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f);
6034 else
6035 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6036 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6037 }
6038 if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len)
6039 bit_len = off + fld_bit_len;
6040 off += bit_incr;
6041 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6042 }
6043 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type));
6044
6045 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6046 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit)
6047 error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6048 return rtype;
6049 }
6050
6051 /* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values.
6052 As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK,
6053 since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both
6054 structs and unions.
6055 Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this
6056 function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */
6057
6058 static struct type *
6059 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type)
6060 {
6061 struct type *type;
6062 int nfields;
6063 int f;
6064
6065 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL)
6066 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type);
6067
6068 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type);
6069 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type =
6070 alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type));
6071 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type);
6072 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6073 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
6074 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
6075 TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6076 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6077 TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type);
6078 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
6079 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6080 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6081 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
6082
6083 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6084 {
6085 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0;
6086 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0;
6087 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, f) = 0;
6088
6089 if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f))
6090 {
6091 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6092 to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE
6093 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)));
6094 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6095 }
6096 else
6097 {
6098 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6099 check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f));
6100 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6101 }
6102 }
6103
6104 return type;
6105 }
6106
6107 /* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant
6108 part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate
6109 branch. */
6110 static struct type *
6111 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6112 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6113 {
6114 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6115 struct type *rtype;
6116 struct type *branch_type;
6117 int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6118
6119 if (dval == NULL)
6120 return type;
6121
6122 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6123 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6124 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6125 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6126 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) =
6127 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6128 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type),
6129 sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6130 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6131 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6132 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6133 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6134 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
6135
6136 branch_type =
6137 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6138 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1),
6139 cond_offset_host (valaddr,
6140 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6141 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6142 cond_offset_target (address,
6143 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6144 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6145 dval);
6146 if (branch_type == NULL)
6147 {
6148 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6149 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -=
6150 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6151 }
6152 else
6153 {
6154 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type;
6155 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S";
6156 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6157 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6158 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type);
6159 -TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6160 }
6161
6162 return rtype;
6163 }
6164
6165 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6166 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
6167 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
6168 should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object
6169 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A
6170 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6171 of the variant. */
6172
6173 static struct type *
6174 to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6175 struct value *dval)
6176 {
6177 struct type *templ_type;
6178
6179 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6180 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6181 return type0;
6182 */
6183 templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6184
6185 if (templ_type != NULL)
6186 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval);
6187 else if (contains_variant_part (type0))
6188 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval);
6189 else
6190 {
6191 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6192 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6193 return type0;
6194 }
6195
6196 }
6197
6198 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6199 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
6200 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
6201 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
6202 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
6203 indicated in the union's type name. */
6204
6205 static struct type *
6206 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr,
6207 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6208 {
6209 int which;
6210 struct type *templ_type;
6211 struct type *var_type;
6212
6213 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
6214 var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0);
6215 else
6216 var_type = var_type0;
6217
6218 templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU");
6219
6220 if (templ_type != NULL)
6221 var_type = templ_type;
6222
6223 which =
6224 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type,
6225 VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval));
6226
6227 if (which < 0)
6228 return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type));
6229 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which))
6230 return
6231 to_fixed_record_type
6232 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)),
6233 valaddr, address, dval);
6234 else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)))
6235 return
6236 to_fixed_record_type
6237 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval);
6238 else
6239 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which);
6240 }
6241
6242 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
6243 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
6244 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
6245 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
6246 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
6247 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
6248 varsize_limit.
6249 */
6250
6251 static struct type *
6252 to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
6253 int ignore_too_big)
6254 {
6255 struct type *index_type_desc;
6256 struct type *result;
6257
6258 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6259 /* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//*
6260 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE))
6261 return type0; */
6262
6263 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA");
6264 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
6265 {
6266 struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0));
6267 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6268 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6269 * debugging data. */
6270 struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval);
6271
6272 if (elt_type0 == elt_type)
6273 result = type0;
6274 else
6275 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6276 elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0));
6277 }
6278 else
6279 {
6280 int i;
6281 struct type *elt_type0;
6282
6283 elt_type0 = type0;
6284 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1)
6285 elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0);
6286
6287 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6288 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6289 * debugging data. */
6290 result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval);
6291 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
6292 {
6293 struct type *range_type =
6294 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i),
6295 dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0));
6296 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6297 result, range_type);
6298 }
6299 if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit)
6300 error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6301 }
6302
6303 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6304 /* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6305 return result;
6306 }
6307
6308
6309 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
6310 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
6311 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
6312 and may be NULL if there are none. */
6313
6314 struct type *
6315 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6316 struct value *dval)
6317 {
6318 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6319 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
6320 {
6321 default:
6322 return type;
6323 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6324 return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL);
6325 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
6326 return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0);
6327 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6328 if (dval == NULL)
6329 return type;
6330 else
6331 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval);
6332 }
6333 }
6334
6335 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
6336 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
6337
6338 static struct type *
6339 to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0)
6340 {
6341 struct type *type;
6342
6343 if (type0 == NULL)
6344 return NULL;
6345
6346 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6347 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6348 return type0;
6349 */
6350 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0);
6351
6352 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0))
6353 {
6354 default:
6355 return type0;
6356 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6357 type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6358 if (type != NULL)
6359 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6360 return type0;
6361 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6362 type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU");
6363 if (type != NULL)
6364 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6365 return type0;
6366 }
6367 }
6368
6369 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
6370 static struct type *
6371 static_unwrap_type (struct type *type)
6372 {
6373 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6374 {
6375 struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0);
6376 if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL)
6377 TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type);
6378
6379 return static_unwrap_type (type1);
6380 }
6381 else
6382 {
6383 struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type);
6384 if (raw_real_type == type)
6385 return type;
6386 else
6387 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type);
6388 }
6389 }
6390
6391 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
6392 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
6393 type Foo;
6394 type FooP is access Foo;
6395 V: FooP;
6396 type Foo is array ...;
6397 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
6398 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
6399 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
6400 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
6401
6402 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
6403 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
6404 struct type *
6405 ada_completed_type (struct type *type)
6406 {
6407 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6408 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
6409 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0
6410 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL)
6411 return type;
6412 else
6413 {
6414 char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
6415 struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name);
6416 return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1;
6417 }
6418 }
6419
6420 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
6421 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
6422 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
6423 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
6424 creation of struct values]. */
6425
6426 struct value *
6427 ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6428 struct value *val0)
6429 {
6430 struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL);
6431 if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL)
6432 return val0;
6433 else
6434 return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address);
6435 }
6436
6437 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
6438 chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but
6439 without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized
6440 types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */
6441
6442 struct value *
6443 ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val)
6444 {
6445 struct type *type =
6446 to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val)));
6447 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val))
6448 return val;
6449 else
6450 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type);
6451 }
6452 \f
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457 /* Attributes */
6458
6459 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */
6460 /* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */
6461
6462 static const char *attribute_names[] = {
6463 "<?>",
6464
6465 "first",
6466 "last",
6467 "length",
6468 "image",
6469 "img",
6470 "max",
6471 "min",
6472 "pos" "tag",
6473 "val",
6474
6475 0
6476 };
6477
6478 const char *
6479 ada_attribute_name (int n)
6480 {
6481 if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END)
6482 return attribute_names[n];
6483 else
6484 return attribute_names[0];
6485 }
6486
6487 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
6488
6489 static struct value *
6490 value_pos_atr (struct value *arg)
6491 {
6492 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg);
6493
6494 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6495 error ("'POS only defined on discrete types");
6496
6497 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6498 {
6499 int i;
6500 LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg);
6501
6502 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
6503 {
6504 if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i))
6505 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i);
6506 }
6507 error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS");
6508 }
6509 else
6510 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg));
6511 }
6512
6513 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
6514
6515 static struct value *
6516 value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6517 {
6518 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6519 error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types");
6520 if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6521 error ("'VAL requires integral argument");
6522
6523 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6524 {
6525 long pos = value_as_long (arg);
6526 if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
6527 error ("argument to 'VAL out of range");
6528 return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos));
6529 }
6530 else
6531 return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg));
6532 }
6533 \f
6534
6535 /* Evaluation */
6536
6537 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
6538 * [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
6539 * It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
6540
6541 int
6542 ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
6543 {
6544 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
6545 return
6546 name != NULL
6547 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
6548 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
6549 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
6550 && (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character")
6551 || STREQ (name, "unsigned char"));
6552 }
6553
6554 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
6555
6556 int
6557 ada_is_string_type (struct type *type)
6558 {
6559 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6560 if (type != NULL
6561 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6562 && (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
6563 && ada_array_arity (type) == 1)
6564 {
6565 struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1);
6566
6567 return ada_is_character_type (elttype);
6568 }
6569 else
6570 return 0;
6571 }
6572
6573
6574 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
6575 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
6576 distinctive name. */
6577
6578 int
6579 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type)
6580 {
6581 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6582 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6583 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1
6584 && STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F"));
6585 }
6586
6587 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
6588 the parallel type. */
6589
6590 struct type *
6591 ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type)
6592 {
6593 struct type *real_type_namer;
6594 struct type *raw_real_type;
6595 struct type *real_type;
6596
6597 if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
6598 return raw_type;
6599
6600 real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS");
6601 if (real_type_namer == NULL
6602 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6603 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1)
6604 return raw_type;
6605
6606 raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0));
6607 if (raw_real_type == NULL)
6608 return raw_type;
6609 else
6610 return raw_real_type;
6611 }
6612
6613 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
6614
6615 struct type *
6616 ada_aligned_type (struct type *type)
6617 {
6618 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6619 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
6620 else
6621 return ada_get_base_type (type);
6622 }
6623
6624
6625 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
6626 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
6627
6628 char *
6629 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr)
6630 {
6631 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6632 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
6633 valaddr +
6634 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6635 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
6636 else
6637 return valaddr;
6638 }
6639
6640 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
6641 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
6642 const char *
6643 ada_enum_name (const char *name)
6644 {
6645 char *tmp;
6646
6647 while (1)
6648 {
6649 if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL)
6650 name = tmp + 2;
6651 else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL)
6652 name = tmp + 1;
6653 else
6654 break;
6655 }
6656
6657 if (name[0] == 'Q')
6658 {
6659 static char result[16];
6660 int v;
6661 if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W')
6662 {
6663 if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1)
6664 return name;
6665 }
6666 else
6667 return name;
6668
6669 if (isascii (v) && isprint (v))
6670 sprintf (result, "'%c'", v);
6671 else if (name[1] == 'U')
6672 sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v);
6673 else
6674 sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v);
6675
6676 return result;
6677 }
6678 else
6679 return name;
6680 }
6681
6682 static struct value *
6683 evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos,
6684 enum noside noside)
6685 {
6686 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
6687 }
6688
6689 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
6690 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
6691 expression. */
6692
6693 static struct value *
6694 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos)
6695 {
6696 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp)
6697 (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS);
6698 }
6699
6700 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
6701 value it wraps. */
6702
6703 static struct value *
6704 unwrap_value (struct value *val)
6705 {
6706 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val));
6707 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6708 {
6709 struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F",
6710 NULL, "internal structure");
6711 struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v));
6712 if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL)
6713 TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type);
6714
6715 return unwrap_value (v);
6716 }
6717 else
6718 {
6719 struct type *raw_real_type =
6720 ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type));
6721
6722 if (type == raw_real_type)
6723 return val;
6724
6725 return
6726 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
6727 (val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0,
6728 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
6729 NULL));
6730 }
6731 }
6732
6733 static struct value *
6734 cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6735 {
6736 LONGEST val;
6737
6738 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg))
6739 return arg;
6740 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6741 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type,
6742 ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6743 value_as_long (arg)));
6744 else
6745 {
6746 DOUBLEST argd =
6747 value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg)));
6748 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd);
6749 }
6750
6751 return value_from_longest (type, val);
6752 }
6753
6754 static struct value *
6755 cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg)
6756 {
6757 DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6758 value_as_long (arg));
6759 return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val);
6760 }
6761
6762 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
6763 * return the converted value. */
6764 static struct value *
6765 coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val)
6766 {
6767 struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6768 if (type == type2)
6769 return val;
6770
6771 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2);
6772 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6773
6774 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
6775 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6776 {
6777 val = ada_value_ind (val);
6778 type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6779 }
6780
6781 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
6782 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6783 {
6784 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type)
6785 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))
6786 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)))
6787 error ("Incompatible types in assignment");
6788 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
6789 }
6790 return val;
6791 }
6792
6793 struct value *
6794 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
6795 int *pos, enum noside noside)
6796 {
6797 enum exp_opcode op;
6798 enum ada_attribute atr;
6799 int tem, tem2, tem3;
6800 int pc;
6801 struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3;
6802 struct type *type;
6803 int nargs;
6804 struct value **argvec;
6805
6806 pc = *pos;
6807 *pos += 1;
6808 op = exp->elts[pc].opcode;
6809
6810 switch (op)
6811 {
6812 default:
6813 *pos -= 1;
6814 return
6815 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6816 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6817
6818 case UNOP_CAST:
6819 (*pos) += 2;
6820 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6821 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6822 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6823 goto nosideret;
6824 if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6825 {
6826 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type))
6827 arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1);
6828 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6829 arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1));
6830 else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory)
6831 {
6832 /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented,
6833 but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar
6834 is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type.
6835 If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with
6836 TYPE. */
6837 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6838 return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval);
6839 arg1 =
6840 ada_to_fixed_value
6841 (type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0);
6842 }
6843 else
6844 arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
6845 }
6846 return arg1;
6847
6848 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
6849 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
6850 (*pos) += 2;
6851 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6852 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6853 */
6854 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
6855 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6856 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside);
6857 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6858 return arg1;
6859 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6860 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6861 else
6862 {
6863 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6864 arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6865 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6866 error
6867 ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables");
6868 else
6869 arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6870 return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2);
6871 }
6872
6873 case BINOP_ADD:
6874 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6875 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6876 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6877 goto nosideret;
6878 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6879 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6880 else
6881 {
6882 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6883 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6884 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6885 error
6886 ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type");
6887 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2));
6888 }
6889
6890 case BINOP_SUB:
6891 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6892 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6893 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6894 goto nosideret;
6895 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6896 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6897 else
6898 {
6899 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6900 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6901 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6902 error
6903 ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type");
6904 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2));
6905 }
6906
6907 case BINOP_MUL:
6908 case BINOP_DIV:
6909 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6910 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6911 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6912 goto nosideret;
6913 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6914 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6915 else
6916 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
6917 && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD))
6918 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
6919 else
6920 {
6921 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6922 arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1);
6923 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6924 arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2);
6925 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
6926 }
6927
6928 case UNOP_NEG:
6929 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6930 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6931 goto nosideret;
6932 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
6933 return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL);
6934 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6935 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1));
6936 else
6937 return value_neg (arg1);
6938
6939 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
6940 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
6941 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
6942 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
6943 illegal. *//*
6944 (*pos) += 3;
6945 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6946 goto nosideret;
6947 else
6948 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
6949 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
6950 */
6951 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
6952 *pos -= 1;
6953 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6954 {
6955 *pos += 4;
6956 goto nosideret;
6957 }
6958 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6959 {
6960 *pos += 4;
6961 return value_zero
6962 (to_static_fixed_type
6963 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))),
6964 not_lval);
6965 }
6966 else
6967 {
6968 arg1 =
6969 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6970 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6971 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0,
6972 VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) +
6973 VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1);
6974 }
6975
6976 case OP_ARRAY:
6977 (*pos) += 3;
6978 tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
6979 tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
6980 nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1;
6981 type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE;
6982
6983 argvec =
6984 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
6985 for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1)
6986 /* At least one element gets inserted for the type */
6987 {
6988 /* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */
6989 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6990 }
6991 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6992 goto nosideret;
6993 return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec);
6994
6995 case OP_FUNCALL:
6996 (*pos) += 2;
6997
6998 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
6999 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */
7000 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7001 argvec =
7002 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2));
7003
7004 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7005 /* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */
7006 /* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
7007 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7008 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
7009 */
7010 if (0)
7011 {
7012 error ("unexpected code path, FIXME");
7013 }
7014 else
7015 {
7016 for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1)
7017 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7018 argvec[tem] = 0;
7019
7020 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7021 goto nosideret;
7022 }
7023
7024 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
7025 argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]);
7026
7027 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))
7028 argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]);
7029
7030 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]));
7031 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7032 {
7033 switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))))
7034 {
7035 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7036 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7037 break;
7038 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7039 break;
7040 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7041 if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7042 argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]);
7043 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7044 break;
7045 default:
7046 error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'",
7047 ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])));
7048 break;
7049 }
7050 }
7051
7052 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7053 {
7054 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7055 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7056 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7057 return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1);
7058 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7059 {
7060 int arity = ada_array_arity (type);
7061 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7062 if (type == NULL)
7063 error ("cannot subscript or call a record");
7064 if (arity != nargs)
7065 error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity);
7066 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7067 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7068 return
7069 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7070 (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1));
7071 }
7072 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7073 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7074 {
7075 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7076 if (type == NULL)
7077 error ("element type of array unknown");
7078 else
7079 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7080 }
7081 return
7082 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7083 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]),
7084 nargs, argvec + 1));
7085 case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */
7086 type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1);
7087 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7088 {
7089 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7090 if (type == NULL)
7091 error ("element type of array unknown");
7092 else
7093 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7094 }
7095 return
7096 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type,
7097 nargs, argvec + 1));
7098
7099 default:
7100 error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp");
7101 }
7102
7103 case TERNOP_SLICE:
7104 {
7105 struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7106 int lowbound
7107 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7108 int upper
7109 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7110 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7111 goto nosideret;
7112
7113 /* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */
7114 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7115 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7116 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7117 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
7118 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7119 {
7120 array = ada_coerce_ref (array);
7121 }
7122
7123 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS &&
7124 ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7125 {
7126 /* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */
7127 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0);
7128 if (arrType != NULL)
7129 array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7130 }
7131 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array)))
7132 array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array);
7133
7134 /* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that
7135 it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then
7136 dereference it */
7137 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7138 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7139 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7140 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7141 {
7142 array = ada_value_ind (array);
7143 }
7144
7145 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7146 /* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts
7147 where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */
7148 return array;
7149 else
7150 return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1);
7151 }
7152
7153 /* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7154 /* case UNOP_MBR:
7155 (*pos) += 2;
7156 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7157 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
7158
7159 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7160 goto nosideret;
7161
7162 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7163 {
7164 default:
7165 warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true");
7166 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1);
7167
7168 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
7169 arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7170 (LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type));
7171 arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7172 (LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type));
7173 return
7174 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7175 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7176 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7177 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7178 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7179 }
7180 */
7181 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7182 /* case BINOP_MBR:
7183 (*pos) += 2;
7184 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7185 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7186
7187 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7188 goto nosideret;
7189
7190 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7191 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval);
7192
7193 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7194
7195 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
7196 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range");
7197
7198 arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1);
7199 arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0);
7200
7201 return
7202 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7203 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7204 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7205 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7206 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7207 */
7208 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7209 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
7210 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7211 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7212 arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7213
7214 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7215 goto nosideret;
7216
7217 return
7218 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7219 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7220 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7221 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7222 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7223 */
7224 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
7225 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
7226 *pos += 3;
7227 atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7228 switch (atr)
7229 {
7230 default:
7231 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7232
7233 case ATR_FIRST:
7234 case ATR_LAST:
7235 case ATR_LENGTH:
7236 {
7237 struct type* type_arg;
7238 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE)
7239 {
7240 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7241 arg1 = NULL;
7242 type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7243 }
7244 else
7245 {
7246 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7247 type_arg = NULL;
7248 }
7249
7250 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG)
7251 error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr));
7252 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst);
7253 *pos += 4;
7254
7255 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7256 goto nosideret;
7257
7258 if (type_arg == NULL)
7259 {
7260 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7261
7262 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7263 arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7264
7265 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7266 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7267 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7268
7269 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7270 {
7271 type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem);
7272 if (type == NULL)
7273 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7274 return allocate_value (type);
7275 }
7276
7277 switch (atr)
7278 {
7279 default:
7280 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7281 case ATR_FIRST:
7282 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0);
7283 case ATR_LAST:
7284 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1);
7285 case ATR_LENGTH:
7286 return ada_array_length (arg1, tem);
7287 }
7288 }
7289 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7290 || TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7291 {
7292 struct type* range_type;
7293 char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg);
7294 if (name == NULL)
7295 {
7296 if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7297 range_type = type_arg;
7298 else
7299 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7300 }
7301 else
7302 range_type =
7303 to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg));
7304 switch (atr)
7305 {
7306 default:
7307 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7308 case ATR_FIRST:
7309 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7310 TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type));
7311 case ATR_LAST:
7312 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7313 TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
7314 }
7315 }
7316 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
7317 {
7318 switch (atr)
7319 {
7320 default:
7321 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7322 case ATR_FIRST:
7323 return value_from_longest
7324 (type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0));
7325 case ATR_LAST:
7326 return value_from_longest
7327 (type_arg,
7328 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg,
7329 TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1));
7330 }
7331 }
7332 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
7333 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7334 else
7335 {
7336 LONGEST low, high;
7337
7338 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg))
7339 type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg);
7340
7341 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg))
7342 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7343 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7344
7345 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7346 {
7347 type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem);
7348 if (type == NULL)
7349 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7350 return allocate_value (type);
7351 }
7352
7353 switch (atr)
7354 {
7355 default:
7356 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7357 case ATR_FIRST:
7358 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7359 return value_from_longest (type, low);
7360 case ATR_LAST:
7361 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type);
7362 return value_from_longest (type, high);
7363 case ATR_LENGTH:
7364 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7365 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL);
7366 return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1);
7367 }
7368 }
7369 }
7370
7371 case ATR_TAG:
7372 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7373 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7374 goto nosideret;
7375
7376 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7377 return
7378 value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval);
7379
7380 return ada_value_tag (arg1);
7381
7382 case ATR_MIN:
7383 case ATR_MAX:
7384 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7385 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7386 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7387 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7388 goto nosideret;
7389 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7390 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7391 else
7392 return value_binop (arg1, arg2,
7393 atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX);
7394
7395 case ATR_MODULUS:
7396 {
7397 struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7398 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7399 *pos += 4;
7400
7401 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7402 goto nosideret;
7403
7404 if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg))
7405 error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type");
7406
7407 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg),
7408 ada_modulus (type_arg));
7409 }
7410
7411
7412 case ATR_POS:
7413 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7414 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7415 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7416 goto nosideret;
7417 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7418 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7419 else
7420 return value_pos_atr (arg1);
7421
7422 case ATR_SIZE:
7423 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7424 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7425 goto nosideret;
7426 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7427 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7428 else
7429 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
7430 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
7431 * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)));
7432
7433 case ATR_VAL:
7434 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7435 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7436 type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7437 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7438 goto nosideret;
7439 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7440 return value_zero (type, not_lval);
7441 else
7442 return value_val_atr (type, arg1);
7443 } */
7444 case BINOP_EXP:
7445 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7446 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7447 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7448 goto nosideret;
7449 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
7450 return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL,
7451 EVAL_NORMAL));
7452 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7453 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7454 else
7455 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
7456
7457 case UNOP_PLUS:
7458 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7459 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7460 goto nosideret;
7461 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
7462 return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL));
7463 else
7464 return arg1;
7465
7466 case UNOP_ABS:
7467 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7468 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7469 goto nosideret;
7470 if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval)))
7471 return value_neg (arg1);
7472 else
7473 return arg1;
7474
7475 case UNOP_IND:
7476 if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7477 expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type));
7478 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
7479 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7480 goto nosideret;
7481 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7482 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7483 {
7484 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7485 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7486 {
7487 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0);
7488 if (arrType == NULL)
7489 error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.");
7490 return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7491 }
7492 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7493 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7494 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
7495 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7496 return
7497 value_zero
7498 (to_static_fixed_type
7499 (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))),
7500 lval_memory);
7501 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7502 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
7503 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory);
7504 else
7505 error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.");
7506 }
7507 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7508 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7509
7510 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7511 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7512 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7513 else
7514 return ada_value_ind (arg1);
7515
7516 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
7517 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7518 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7519 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7520 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7521 goto nosideret;
7522 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7523 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7524 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7525 &exp->elts[pc +
7526 2].string,
7527 0, NULL)),
7528 lval_memory);
7529 else
7530 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7531 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7532 "record"));
7533 case OP_TYPE:
7534 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
7535 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
7536 (*pos) += 2;
7537 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7538 goto nosideret;
7539 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7540 return allocate_value (builtin_type_void);
7541 else
7542 error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression");
7543
7544 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
7545 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7546 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7547 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7548 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7549 goto nosideret;
7550 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7551 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7552 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7553 &exp->elts[pc +
7554 2].string,
7555 0, NULL)),
7556 lval_memory);
7557 else
7558 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7559 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7560 "record access"));
7561 }
7562
7563 nosideret:
7564 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1);
7565 }
7566 \f
7567
7568 /* Fixed point */
7569
7570 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
7571 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
7572 Otherwise, return NULL. */
7573
7574 static const char *
7575 fixed_type_info (struct type *type)
7576 {
7577 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
7578 enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type);
7579
7580 if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL)
7581 {
7582 const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_");
7583 if (tail == NULL)
7584 return NULL;
7585 else
7586 return tail + 5;
7587 }
7588 else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type)
7589 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7590 else
7591 return NULL;
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
7595
7596 int
7597 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type)
7598 {
7599 return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL;
7600 }
7601
7602 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
7603 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
7604 delta cannot be determined. */
7605
7606 DOUBLEST
7607 ada_delta (struct type *type)
7608 {
7609 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7610 long num, den;
7611
7612 if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2)
7613 return -1.0;
7614 else
7615 return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den;
7616 }
7617
7618 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
7619 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
7620
7621 static DOUBLEST
7622 scaling_factor (struct type *type)
7623 {
7624 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7625 unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1;
7626 int n;
7627
7628 n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1);
7629
7630 if (n < 2)
7631 return 1.0;
7632 else if (n == 4)
7633 return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1;
7634 else
7635 return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0;
7636 }
7637
7638
7639 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
7640 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
7641
7642 DOUBLEST
7643 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x)
7644 {
7645 return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type);
7646 }
7647
7648 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
7649 corresponding to the value X. */
7650
7651 LONGEST
7652 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x)
7653 {
7654 return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5);
7655 }
7656
7657
7658 /* VAX floating formats */
7659
7660 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point
7661 types. */
7662 int
7663 ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type)
7664 {
7665 int name_len =
7666 (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type));
7667 return
7668 name_len > 6
7669 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
7670 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7671 && STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5);
7672 }
7673
7674 /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming
7675 ada_is_vax_floating_point */
7676 int
7677 ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type)
7678 {
7679 return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1];
7680 }
7681
7682 /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs
7683 VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes
7684 ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */
7685 struct value *
7686 ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type)
7687 {
7688 switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type))
7689 {
7690 case 'F':
7691 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0);
7692 case 'D':
7693 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0);
7694 case 'G':
7695 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0);
7696 default:
7697 error ("invalid VAX floating-point type");
7698 }
7699 }
7700 \f
7701
7702 /* Range types */
7703
7704 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
7705 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
7706 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
7707 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
7708 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
7709
7710 static int
7711 scan_discrim_bound (char *str, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px,
7712 int *pnew_k)
7713 {
7714 static char *bound_buffer = NULL;
7715 static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0;
7716 char *bound;
7717 char *pend;
7718 struct value *bound_val;
7719
7720 if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0')
7721 return 0;
7722
7723 pend = strstr (str + k, "__");
7724 if (pend == NULL)
7725 {
7726 bound = str + k;
7727 k += strlen (bound);
7728 }
7729 else
7730 {
7731 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1);
7732 bound = bound_buffer;
7733 strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k));
7734 bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0';
7735 k = pend - str;
7736 }
7737
7738 bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval));
7739 if (bound_val == NULL)
7740 return 0;
7741
7742 *px = value_as_long (bound_val);
7743 if (pnew_k != NULL)
7744 *pnew_k = k;
7745 return 1;
7746 }
7747
7748 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7749 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
7750 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
7751 static struct value *
7752 get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg)
7753 {
7754 struct symbol **syms;
7755 struct block **blocks;
7756 int nsyms;
7757
7758 nsyms =
7759 ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN,
7760 &syms, &blocks);
7761
7762 if (nsyms != 1)
7763 {
7764 if (err_msg == NULL)
7765 return 0;
7766 else
7767 error ("%s", err_msg);
7768 }
7769
7770 return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]);
7771 }
7772
7773 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7774 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets
7775 *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
7776 LONGEST
7777 get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag)
7778 {
7779 struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg);
7780
7781 if (var_val == 0)
7782 {
7783 if (flag != NULL)
7784 *flag = 0;
7785 return 0;
7786 }
7787 else
7788 {
7789 if (flag != NULL)
7790 *flag = 1;
7791 return value_as_long (var_val);
7792 }
7793 }
7794
7795
7796 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
7797 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
7798 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
7799 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type
7800 must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds
7801 information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in
7802 the named range type. */
7803
7804 static struct type *
7805 to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile)
7806 {
7807 struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name);
7808 struct type *base_type;
7809 LONGEST low, high;
7810 char *subtype_info;
7811
7812 if (raw_type == NULL)
7813 base_type = builtin_type_int;
7814 else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7815 base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type);
7816 else
7817 base_type = raw_type;
7818
7819 subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD");
7820 if (subtype_info == NULL)
7821 return raw_type;
7822 else
7823 {
7824 static char *name_buf = NULL;
7825 static size_t name_len = 0;
7826 int prefix_len = subtype_info - name;
7827 LONGEST L, U;
7828 struct type *type;
7829 char *bounds_str;
7830 int n;
7831
7832 GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5);
7833 strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len);
7834 name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0';
7835
7836 subtype_info += 5;
7837 bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_');
7838 n = 1;
7839
7840 if (*subtype_info == 'L')
7841 {
7842 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n)
7843 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n))
7844 return raw_type;
7845 if (bounds_str[n] == '_')
7846 n += 2;
7847 else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
7848 n += 1;
7849 subtype_info += 1;
7850 }
7851 else
7852 {
7853 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L");
7854 L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7855 }
7856
7857 if (*subtype_info == 'U')
7858 {
7859 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n)
7860 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n))
7861 return raw_type;
7862 }
7863 else
7864 {
7865 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U");
7866 U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7867 }
7868
7869 if (objfile == NULL)
7870 objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type);
7871 type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U);
7872 TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
7873 return type;
7874 }
7875 }
7876
7877 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
7878 int
7879 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name)
7880 {
7881 return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD"));
7882 }
7883 \f
7884
7885 /* Modular types */
7886
7887 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
7888 int
7889 ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type)
7890 {
7891 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in
7892 valarith.c */
7893 struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */
7894
7895 return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7896 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7897 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type));
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
7901 LONGEST
7902 ada_modulus (struct type * type)
7903 {
7904 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1;
7905 }
7906 \f
7907
7908
7909 /* Operators */
7910
7911 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
7912 and precedences of the operators. */
7913
7914 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = {
7915 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1},
7916 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0},
7917 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0},
7918 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0},
7919 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0},
7920 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0},
7921 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7922 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7923 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7924 {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7925 {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7926 {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7927 {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7928 {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7929 {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0},
7930 {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0},
7931 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0},
7932 {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0},
7933 {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0},
7934 {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0},
7935 {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0},
7936 {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
7937 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
7938 {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7939 {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7940 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7941 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7942 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7943 {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */
7944 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */
7945 {NULL, 0, 0, 0}
7946 };
7947 \f
7948 /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */
7949
7950 struct type *builtin_type_ada_int;
7951 struct type *builtin_type_ada_short;
7952 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long;
7953 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long;
7954 struct type *builtin_type_ada_char;
7955 struct type *builtin_type_ada_float;
7956 struct type *builtin_type_ada_double;
7957 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double;
7958 struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural;
7959 struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive;
7960 struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address;
7961
7962 struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) =
7963 {
7964
7965 &builtin_type_ada_int,
7966 &builtin_type_ada_long,
7967 &builtin_type_ada_short,
7968 &builtin_type_ada_char,
7969 &builtin_type_ada_float,
7970 &builtin_type_ada_double,
7971 &builtin_type_ada_long_long,
7972 &builtin_type_ada_long_double,
7973 &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive,
7974 /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */
7975 &builtin_type_int,
7976 &builtin_type_long,
7977 &builtin_type_short,
7978 &builtin_type_char,
7979 &builtin_type_float,
7980 &builtin_type_double,
7981 &builtin_type_long_long,
7982 &builtin_type_void,
7983 &builtin_type_signed_char,
7984 &builtin_type_unsigned_char,
7985 &builtin_type_unsigned_short,
7986 &builtin_type_unsigned_int,
7987 &builtin_type_unsigned_long,
7988 &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long,
7989 &builtin_type_long_double,
7990 &builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0};
7991
7992 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
7993 static void
7994 emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter)
7995 {
7996 ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1);
7997 }
7998
7999 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = {
8000 "ada", /* Language name */
8001 /* language_ada, */
8002 language_unknown,
8003 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
8004 ada_builtin_types,
8005 range_check_off,
8006 type_check_off,
8007 case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
8008 * that's not quite what this means. */
8009 ada_parse,
8010 ada_error,
8011 ada_evaluate_subexp,
8012 ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */
8013 ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */
8014 emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
8015 ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */
8016 ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
8017 ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
8018 ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */
8019 NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */
8020 value_of_this, /* value_of_this */
8021 basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* lookup_symbol_nonlocal */
8022 NULL, /* Language specific symbol demangler */
8023 {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */
8024 #if 0
8025 {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */
8026 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8027 {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */
8028 #else
8029 /* Copied from c-lang.c. */
8030 {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */
8031 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8032 {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */
8033 #endif
8034 ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */
8035 1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */
8036 0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */
8037 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8038 LANG_MAGIC
8039 };
8040
8041 void
8042 _initialize_ada_language (void)
8043 {
8044 builtin_type_ada_int =
8045 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8046 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8047 builtin_type_ada_long =
8048 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8049 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8050 builtin_type_ada_short =
8051 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8052 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8053 builtin_type_ada_char =
8054 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8055 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8056 builtin_type_ada_float =
8057 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8058 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8059 builtin_type_ada_double =
8060 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8061 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8062 builtin_type_ada_long_long =
8063 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8064 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8065 builtin_type_ada_long_double =
8066 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8067 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8068 builtin_type_ada_natural =
8069 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8070 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8071 builtin_type_ada_positive =
8072 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8073 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8074
8075
8076 builtin_type_ada_system_address =
8077 lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void",
8078 (struct objfile *) NULL));
8079 TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address";
8080
8081 add_language (&ada_language_defn);
8082
8083 add_show_from_set
8084 (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger,
8085 (char *) &varsize_limit,
8086 "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.",
8087 &setlist), &showlist);
8088 varsize_limit = 65536;
8089
8090 add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command,
8091 "Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\
8092 main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\
8093 the \"run\" command (q.v.).");
8094 }
8095
8096
8097 /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current
8098 target machine.
8099
8100 Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not
8101 define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or
8102 DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which
8103 don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this
8104 function.
8105
8106 FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types
8107 (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types
8108 (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis-
8109 agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does
8110 not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the
8111 distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just
8112 use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit
8113 and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the
8114 gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences
8115 in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format
8116 support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb
8117 starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the
8118 debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */
8119
8120 static struct type *
8121 ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid)
8122 {
8123 struct type *type = NULL;
8124
8125 switch (typeid)
8126 {
8127 default:
8128 /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this
8129 language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the
8130 name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type
8131 reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */
8132 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8133 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8134 0, "<?type?>", objfile);
8135 warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid);
8136 break;
8137 case FT_VOID:
8138 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID,
8139 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8140 0, "void", objfile);
8141 break;
8142 case FT_CHAR:
8143 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8144 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8145 0, "character", objfile);
8146 break;
8147 case FT_SIGNED_CHAR:
8148 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8149 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8150 0, "signed char", objfile);
8151 break;
8152 case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
8153 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8154 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8155 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile);
8156 break;
8157 case FT_SHORT:
8158 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8159 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8160 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8161 break;
8162 case FT_SIGNED_SHORT:
8163 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8164 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8165 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8166 break;
8167 case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
8168 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8169 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8170 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile);
8171 break;
8172 case FT_INTEGER:
8173 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8174 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8175 0, "integer", objfile);
8176 break;
8177 case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER:
8178 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */
8179 break;
8180 case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER:
8181 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8182 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8183 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile);
8184 break;
8185 case FT_LONG:
8186 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8187 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8188 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8189 break;
8190 case FT_SIGNED_LONG:
8191 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8192 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8193 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8194 break;
8195 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
8196 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8197 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8198 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile);
8199 break;
8200 case FT_LONG_LONG:
8201 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8202 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8203 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8204 break;
8205 case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8206 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8207 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8208 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8209 break;
8210 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8211 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8212 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8213 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile);
8214 break;
8215 case FT_FLOAT:
8216 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8217 TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8218 0, "float", objfile);
8219 break;
8220 case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT:
8221 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8222 TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8223 0, "long_float", objfile);
8224 break;
8225 case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT:
8226 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8227 TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8228 0, "long_long_float", objfile);
8229 break;
8230 }
8231 return (type);
8232 }
8233
8234 void
8235 ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s)
8236 {
8237 int i;
8238 fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n");
8239 fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n",
8240 s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?");
8241 fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat);
8242 if (s->linetable != NULL)
8243 {
8244 fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section);
8245 for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1)
8246 {
8247 struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i;
8248 fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc);
8249 }
8250 }
8251 fprintf (stderr, "]\n");
8252 }
This page took 0.492487 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.